Home

3 - ElectricalManuals.net

Contents

1. SETPOINT gt RELAY CONFIGURATION gt OPERATIONS OPERATION OPERATION TEXT SETTINGS VALUE SOURCE INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC BREAKER OPEN FRONT KEY O Key Operation2 OPEN BREAKER INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT 1000 CHANNELS ALL INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured FRONT KEY Not configured Operation3 LEDS RESET INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT 500 CHANNELS ALL INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured FRONT KEY Not configured Operation4 THERMAL RESET INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT 500 CHANNELS ALL INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured FRONT KEY Not configured Operation5 Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT 500 CHANNELS ALL INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured FRONT KEY Not configured Operation6 ENERGY RESET INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT 500 CHANNELS ALL INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured FRONT KEY Not configured Operation7 DEMAND RESET INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT 500 CHANNELS ALL INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured FRONT KEY Not configured
2. PROTECTION ELEMENT SETTINGS 51PH 51PL 51N 51G AND 46 SETTING VALUE UNIT FUNCTION ENABLED INPUT PHASOR DFT PICKUP LEVEL 1 A CURVE MODIFY FOR EACH TEST TD MULTIPLIER MODIFY FOR EACH TEST VOLTAGE RESTRAINT DISABLED ELEMENT PHASE CURVE TYPE DIAL TIMES TRIPPING TIMES SEC IPICKUP EXPECTED ADMISSIBLE 51PH IA IEEE Ext Inv 0 5 0 9 NA 1 5 11 34 11 00 11 60 5 0 648 0 600 0 710 IB IEC Curve A 0 05 0 9 NA 1 5 0 860 0 750 0 950 5 0 214 0 200 0 300 51PL IC IEEE Ext Inv 0 5 0 9 NA 1 5 11 34 11 00 11 60 5 0 648 0 600 0 710 IB IEC Curve A 0 05 0 9 NA 1 5 0 860 0 750 0 950 5 0 214 0 200 0 300 51N IC IEEE Ext Inv 0 5 0 9 NA 1 5 11 34 11 00 11 60 5 0 648 0 600 0 710 51G IG Definite Time 2 0 9 NA 5 2 000 1 900 2 100 46 12 IEC Curve A 0 05 0 9 NA 1 5 0 860 0 750 0 950 5 0 214 0 200 0 300 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 13 6 12 DIRECTIONAL ELEMENTS 67P 67N 67G 67SG 6 COMMISSIONING In order to test directional units in the relay instantaneous trips will be commanded Two points will be tested per phase test element In order to test the directional units configure in the Setpoint gt Relay Configuration gt Protection Elements screen of the EnerVista 650 Setup program some overcurrent element to be supervised by a direc
3. SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Function Permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED INCREASING Direction of the frequency change Freq Rate Trend INCREASING N A DECREASING BI DIRECTIONAL Operation Value in Hz s Freq Rate Pickup 0 50 0 01 Hz s 0 10 10 00 1 voltage in Freq Rate OV Supv 140 00 0 01 0 00 110 00 Minimum Frequency Threshold Freq Rate Min 45 00 0 01 Hz 20 00 80 00 Maximum Frequency Threshold Freq Rate Max 65 00 0 01 Hz 20 00 80 00 Frequency rate Trip Delay Freq Rate Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 60 00 Snapshot Events Generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED LOAD ENCROACHMENT 1 gt LOAD ENCROACHMENT 2 gt LOAD ENCROACHMENT 3 SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE PARU Function Permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED ald positive sequence voltage Voltage 25 00 0 001 V 0 00 300 00 Impedance reach of the element Reach 1 00 0 01 Ohm 0 02 250 00 Angle Size of the blocking region Angle 5 1 Deg 5 50 Trip Time Pickup Delay 0 000 0 001 5 0 000 65 535 Reset Time Reset Delay 0 000 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 Snapshot Events Generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 17 C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS APPENDIX C WATT GND FLT HIGH 1 gt WATT
4. em inOR2 TTHERMAL3 inOR3 284 283 SS 2 22 019 PHASE OVERCURRENT TRIP 285 NORT OR3 ONS 135 56 NEUTRAL TOC1 8 137 NORT OR3 outORt NEUTRAL TOC2 196 inOR2 NEUTRAL 132 55 NEUTRAL IOC1 OP 7 WO OS4BON TRIP 133 TORT OR3 outOR1 NEUTRAL IOC2 OP m inOR2 NEUTRAL IOC3 inOR3 58 OR 57 59 VO 066 NEUTRAL OVERCURRENT outOR1 GROUND TOC2 143 GROUND B 6 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 113000 APPENDIX B B 1 FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC GROUND 2 140 GROUND 64 068 506 TRIP 147 SENS GND 1 65 148 149 SENS GND TOC3 144 SENS GND IOC1 17 145 1 OR3 outORt SENS GND 2 146 inOR2 SENS GND OP inOR3 181 184 ISOLATED GND1 OP 182 ISOLATED GND2 OP 183 inOR2 inOR1 outOR1 ISOLATED GND3 NEG SEQ 53 127 NEG SEQ 2 128 NEG SEQ TOC3 288 289 314 F650 Digital Bay Controller B 7 B 1 FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC APPENDIXB B 8 outOR1 71 outOR1 outOR1 74 outOR1 AUXILIARY UV2 OP 167 AUXILIARY UV3 294 NEG SEQ OV1 NEG SEQ NEG SEQ OutOR1 F650 Digital Bay C
5. SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE US EHE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Data logger Rate Data Logger Rate 1s N A S a min Data Logger analog channels X Data Logger Chnl X None N A 1 to 16 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 5 C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS APPENDIXC SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE USE Function permission Demand Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED BLOCK INTERVAL CRNT Demand THERMAL ROLLING DEMAND Demand method for current values Method EXPONENTIAL N A THERMAL EXPONENTIAL BLOCK INTERVAL POWER Demand THERMAL ROLLING DEMAND Demand method for Power values Method EXPONENTIAL N A THERMAL EXPONENTIAL Demand interval Demand Interval 5 Minutes N A 5 10 15 20 30 60 Trigger Enabled Trigger Enabled DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Phase CT ratio Phase CT Ratio 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 Ground CT ratio Ground CT Ratio 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 Sensitive ground CT ratio Stv Ground CT Ratio 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 Phase VT ratio Phase VT Ratio 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 Phase VT connection Phase VT Connection WYE N A
6. C 26 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION gt PROTECTION ELEMENTS PROTECTION ELEMENT SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC OVERFREQ3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED UNDERFREQ1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED UNDERFREQ2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED UNDERFREQ3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED SETT GROUPS BLOCK Not Configured BROKEN CONDUCT GROUP 1 BLOCKED BROKEN CONDUCT GRoUP2BLOCKED BROKEN CONDUCTS GROUP BLOCKED GROUP 1 BLOCKED ISOLATED GND1 BLK SENS GND DIR1 OP NOT GROUP 2 BLOCKED ISOLATED GND2 BLK SENS GND DIR2 OP NOT GROUP 3 BLOCKED ISOLATED GND3 BLK SENS GND DIR3 OP NOT SENS GND DIR1 BLK IP GROUP 1 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR2 BLK IP GROUP 2 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR3 BLK IP GROUP 3 BLOCKED FWD PWR1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED FWD PWR2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED FWD PWR3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED GROUP 1 BLOCKED NT IP_F PHTOCTLOWABLK 003 51 BLOCK 6C8 PHASE DIRT A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP CC3 51 BLOCK CC3 PH TOC1 LOW B BLK PHASE DIRT OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP 51 BLOCK CC3 PH TOC1 LOW C BLK PHASE DIR1 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP 51 BLOCK CC3 PH 2 LOW A BLK PHASE DIR2 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 GROUP 2
7. F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE NES Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Input type Input PHASOR DFT N A PHASOR RMS Pickup level Pickup Level 0 100 0 001 A 0 005 16 000 Trip time Trip Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE NH Function Permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED High Voltage level Vh Level 20 1V 2 70 Low Current level II LEVEL 0 005 0 001 A 0 005 0 400 Low Voltage level VI LEVEL 2 1V 2 70 High Current level Ih LEVEL 0 025 0 001 A 0 005 0 400 Operation time Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Deviation time to instantaneous Time to inst 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE GR Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Maximum Torque Angle MTA 45 1 Deg 90 90 Operation Direction Direction FORWARD N A FORWARD REVERSE Block logic type Block Logic PERMISSION N A BLOCK PERMISSION Polarization voltage
8. LATCHED VIRT IP 9 PHASE DIR3 BLK INP GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC4 67 BLOCK CCA LATCHED VIRT IP 9 NEUTRAL DIR1 BLK INP GROUP 1 BLOCKED NEUTRAL DIR2 BLK INP GROUP 2 BLOCKED NEUTRAL DIR3 BLK INP GROUP 3 BLOCKED GROUND DIR1 BLK INP GROUP 1 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 10 GROUND DIR2 BLK INP GROUP 2 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 10 GROUND DIR3 BLK INP GROUP 3 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 10 NEUTRAL OV1 HIGH BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 12 NEUTRAL OV2 HIGH BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 12 NEUTRAL OV3 HIGH BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 12 NEUTRAL OV1 LOW BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED NEUTRAL OV2 LOW BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED NEUTRAL OV3 LOW BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKED AUXILIARY UV1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED AUXILIARY UV2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED AUXILIARY UV3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED PHASE OV1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 11 PHASE OV2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 11 PHASE OV3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED LATCHED VIRT IP 11 AUXILIARY OV1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED AUXILIARY OV2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED AUXILIARY OV3 BLOCK NEG SEQ TOC1 BLOCK NEG SEQ TOC2 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED GROUP 1 BLOCKED GROUP 2 BLOCKED NEG SEQ TOC3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED OVERFREQ1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED OVERFREQ2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED
9. 3 6 3 1 6 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP MENU STRUCTURE 3 1 7 MENU OVERVIEW 3 1 8 SETPOINT MENU OVERVIEW 3 15 3 1 9 ACTUAL VALUES MENU OVERVIEW 3 23 3 1 10 OPERATIONS MENU OVERVIEW 3 26 3 1 11 COMMUNICATION MENU OVERVIEW 3 27 3 1 12 SECURITY MENU OVERVIEW 3 30 3119 VIEWIMENU 2 2 rcc ere eec eerte 3 30 F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 4 SECURITY 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE 6 COMMISSIONING 3 1 14 HELP MENU OVERVIEW etnies 3 30 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI DISPLAY cr 3 2 2 FRONT LED INDICATORS 303 BPUSHBBU TEIONS erret tese 3 24 FRONT PORT AND COVER SEALING SYSTEM 3 25 TEXT MENUS roni ith trente ette ede ted x dada 3 26 GRAPHIC DISPEAY ics ires iced iere eed teria 3 8 WEB SERVER x MEerm M 4 3 3 2 SNAPSHOT EVENTS 3 3 3 CONTROL EVENTS 3 3 4 5 3 3 5 OSCILLOGRAPHY 9 9 6 asin reet rer naa E 33 7 ien ere i eter de arce iet dece de orti 5 3 3 6 METERING iiie anter rr err nescia cene rec er E 4 1 ADDING USERS USER RIGHTS aR 4 1 4 2 CHANGING PASSWORDS 4 3 ENABLING SECURITY 4 4 LOGING INTO ENERVISTA 650 SETUP 5 1
10. Underfrequency 1 Underfrequency 2 Underfrequency 3 Overfrequency gt Overfrequency 1 Overfrequency 2 Overfrequency 3 Synchrocheck Autoreclose Breaker Failure VT Fuse Failure Broken Conductor gt Broken Conductor 1 Broken Conductor 2 Broken Conductor 3 Locked Rotor gt Locked Rotor 1 Locked Rotor 2 Locked Rotor 3 Fq Rate of Change Fq Rate of Change 1 Fq Rate of Change 2 Fq Rate of Change 3 Load Encroachment Load Encroachment 1 Load Encroachment 2 Load Encroachment 3 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 45 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 5 7 CHANGE SETTINGS To enter this menu press the shuttle key when the option Change Settings is selected in main menu A secondary level will be displayed with different sublevels as shown on Table 3 30 Rotating the shuttle key left for moving up and right for moving down select the next level to be displayed press the shuttle key again to enter in next level and press ESC key to return to previous level if desired This navigation will be performed the same for all the menus in Change Settings Once the last sublevel is reached move up and down to visualize the settings selected To change a particular setting press the shuttle key on the setting to be modifie
11. 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES MAIN SETTINGS MENU FIRST LEVEL SECOND LEVEL THIRD LEVEL Neg Seq TOC 1 Neg Seq TOC 2 Neg Seq TOC 3 Voltage Elements gt Phase UV gt Phase UV 1 Phase UV 2 Phase UV 3 Phase OV gt Phase OV 1 Phase OV 2 Phase OV 3 Neutral OV High gt Neutral OV High 1 Neutral OV High 2 Neutral OV High 3 Neutral OV Low gt Neg Seq OV gt Auxiliary OV gt Neutral OV Low 1 Neutral OV Low 2 Neutral OV Low 3 Neg Seq OV 1 Neg Seq OV2 Neg Seq OV 3 Auxiliary OV 1 Auxiliary OV 2 Auxiliary OV 3 Auxiliary UV gt Auxiliary UV 1 Auxiliary UV 2 Auxiliary UV 3 Power Forward Power gt Forward Power 1 Forward Power 2 Forward Power 3 Directional Power Directional Power 1 Directional Power 2 Directional Power 3 Watt Gnd Fit High gt Watt Gnd Fit High 1 Watt Gnd Fit High 2 Watt Gnd Fit High 3 Watt Gnd Fit Low gt Watt Gnd Fit Low 1 Watt Gnd Fit Low 2 Watt Gnd Fit Low 3 Control Elements gt 3 44 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI MAIN SETTINGS MENU FIRST LEVEL SECOND LEVEL THIRD LEVEL Setting Group Underfrequency gt
12. BOARD TYPE ENERVISTA 650 ASSOCIATED DIGIT SETUP BOARD BOARD TYPE SETTINGS For the I O board selection in the relay 0 NONE None model 1 16INP 8OUT Mixed 2 EIU OUT Supervision 4 32 INP 32 digital inputs 5 16 INP 8 ANA 16 digital inputs 8 analog inputs Is the name used for inputs in I O boards Mixed 16 digital inputs CC1 CC16 CCY Supervision 8 digital inputs CC1 CC8 32 INP 32 digital inputs CC1 CC32 02 Is the name used for the different outputs in boards 8 outputs available for any of the two types of board 01 08 IEEE extremely very moderately inverse IEC Curve A B C Long Time Inverse Short Time Inverse IAC extremely very normally moderately inverse ANSI extremely very normally moderately inverse 121 Definite time Rectifier curve User Curve FlexCurve A B C D C 20 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Remote comms selection Remote Comms NONE N A NONE GSSE GOOSE SETTING DESCRIPTION FOR GOOSE Remote comms selection Remote Comms GSSE N A NONE GSSE GOOSE Device Identification 650 ID F650 N A Hold time signal send by the transmiting device Hold Time 10000 1ms 1000 60000 Snapshot Events Generation Snapshot Fv guis DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Remote Device Description Remote Device X Remo
13. Remote Device 16 Flag is set logic 1 Rem GOOSE Dig Input 1 Flag is set logic 1 Rem GOOSE Dig Input 2 Flag is set logic 1 Rem GOOSE Dig Input 32 Flag is set logic 1 Rem Ana Inp FLOAT 1 Analog Input 1 Float type Rem Inp FLOAT 2 Analog Input 2 Float type Rem Ana Inp FLOAT 8 Analog Input 8 Float type Rem Ana Inp INT 1 Analog Input 1 Integer type Rem Ana Inp INT 2 Analog Input 2 Integer type Rem Ana Inp INT 8 Analog Input 8 Integer type F650 Digital Bay Controller A 35 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA A 36 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX B B 1 FACTORY DEFA PH TOC1 HIGH PKP PH TOC2 HIGH PKP outOR1 PH HIGH PKP PH TOC1 LOW PKP PH TOC2 LOW PKP PH TOC3 LOW PKP PH IOC1 HIGH PKP outOR1 PH IOC2 HIGH PH HIGH PH IOC1 LOW PKP outOR1 IOC2 LOW PKP IOC3 LOW PKP 186 214 EERE UREA LL LL NO 007 THERWAL T87 outOR1 THERMAL2 ALARM 188 TTHERMAL3 ALARM 208 NEUTRAL TOC1 201 vO_005_5iN_PKP inOR1 i outOR1 NEUTRAL TOC2 PKP 05 inOR2 202 NEUTRAL IOC1 PKP 200 03 OR3 204 inOR2 NEUTRAL PKP inOR3 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller B 1 B 1 FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC APPENDIXB GROUND TOC1 PKP GROUND PKP 96 GROUND IOC1 PKP 97 GROUND 2 PKP
14. counters and the counting of number of openings and closings of the switchgear configured as breaker These Counters allow the breaker Maintenance They are used to cumulate the breaker ageing produced by a trip or a breaker opening In order to incorporate the breaker historic in case of existing breakers the system allows assigning an initial value to accumulated amperes and to the number of opening and closing operations Switchgear Configuration of snapshot events for each switchgear enable or disable Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 1 8 8 PROTECTION ELEMENTS This option shows all the protection grouped elements available in the relay as shown in Table 3 9 Each of these groups includes the specific protection units of the same type For example phase currents group includes TOC IOC directional units etc There are three groups available so there are three protection units of each function that can work in grouped mode or ungrouped altogether Table 3 9 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF PROTECTION ELEMENTS MENU PROTECTION ELEMENTS Phase Current All overcurrent grouped functions for phase current All overcurrent grouped functions for neutral current Calculated from Neutral Current pha
15. Cont Output St gt Board F Board G Board H Board J Cont Output Op gt Board F Board G Board H Board J Cont Output Rs gt Board F Board G Board H Board J IO Board Status Virtual Inputs gt Virtual Inp Latched Virtual Inp SR Virtual Outputs Remote Outputs for IEC61850 models only gt DNA User St GOOSE Dig Outputs Remote Inputs for IEC61850 models only gt Remote Input Remote Devices GOOSE Dig Inputs GOOSE Analog Inputs Analog Inputs gt Board F Board G Board H Board J To enter this menu press the shuttle key when the option Actual Values is selected in main menu A secondary level will be displayed with different sublevels as shown on Table 3 29 Rotating the shuttle key left for moving up and right for moving down select the next level to be displayed press the shuttle key again to enter in next level and press ESC key to return to previous level if desired This navigation will be performed the same for all the menus in Actual Values Once the last sublevel is reached move up and down to visualize the actual values selected One example of data screen for actual values is shown in Figure 3 18 First Line Header of last level in actual values Phase Current in the example Second Line Data identifier in the example PH 1 1 HIGH A is the pickup signal for the first instantaneous overcurrent
16. SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE hme Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Input type Input PHASOR DFT N A PHASOR RMS Pickup level Pickup Level 30 00 0 01 A 0 05 160 00 Trip time Trip Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE DRE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Maximum Torque Angle MTA 45 1 Deg 90 90 Operation Direction Direction FORWARD N A FORWARD REVERSE Polarization type Polarization VO N A Vo Ip Vo lp Vo lp Block logic type Block Logic PERMISSION N A BLOCK PERMISSION Polarization voltage threshold Pol V Threshold 10 1V 0 300 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE USE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Input type Input PHASOR DFT N A PHASOR RMS Pickup level Pickup Level 0 050 0 001 A 0 005 16 000 Curve shape Curve IEEE Ext Inv N A See list of curves Time Dial TD Multiplier 1 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset type Reset INSTANTANEOUS N A NEAR OUS E Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED
17. 2 A B squeda Favoritos CHristorial 55 Sp Bg 5 Direcci n http 192 168 37 177 DataL ogger htm z oer ts vinculos x Release 3 22 FRANCHISE s reser SP 12 9 3 22 0 pF i 71 GE HOME 2 First Value Retrieval Date Last Value Retrieval Date oom ee n Figure 3 41 DATA LOGGER SCREEN 3 68 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 3 WEB SERVER 3 3 8 METERING This screen includes the 53 primary metering values provided by the relay display 23 650 METERING Microsoft Internet Explorer NP Archivo Edici n Yer Favoritos Herramientas Ayuda Hat s 2 A Apisqueda Favoritos CBristorial B Sp fg Release 3 22 SP Web 3 22 0 SP Lang 3 22 7 7 EE intranet local Figure 3 42 METERING SCREEN GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 69 3 3 WEB SERVER 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 70 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 4 SECURITY 4 1 ADDING USERS New users can only be added by users that have Administrator Access or Admin Rights The Enable Security check box located in the Security gt User Management window must be enabled Remember In order to add new users and assign user rights must be logged in with Administrator Permission and Enab
18. CHANGE LOCAL REMOTE Operations OFF status 1 Command execution block operations blocked both in local and remote mode Selectable through the front pushbutton Hardware and also through communications software Changing local remote status by communications LOCAL REMOTE OFF Selection CHANGE OP BLOCKED HMI Tab Order 02 HMI Tab Order Selection Swithgear selection status in HMI HMI Tab Order 16 HMI BACKLIGHT ON HMI Backlight Operations Block Unblock signal HMI element 1 selection 0 Not selected 1 Selected The selection is performed through the SEL front key When the element 1 has it selection enabled it can be commanded through the O and front keys HMI element 2 selection 0 Not selected 1 Selected The selection is performed through the SEL front key When the element 2 has it selection enabled it can be commanded through the O and front keys HMI element 16 selection 0 Not selected 1 Selected The selection is performed through the SEL front key When the element 16 has it selection enabled it can be commanded through the O and front keys Switching on backlignt signal the display is switched on by communications HMI BACKLIGHT OFF A 8 F650 Digital Bay Controller Switching off backlignt signal the display is switched off by communications GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT OSC DIG CH
19. Overvoltage element operation CA Group 2 Pickup of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE OV2 OP Operation of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE OV3 BLOCK Phase overvoltage element block Group 3 PHASE OV3 AB PKP Overvoltage element pickup AB Group 3 PHASE OV3 AB OP Overvoltage element operation AB Group 3 PHASE OV3 BC PKP Overvoltage element pickup BC Group 3 PHASE OV3 BC OP Overvoltage element operation BC Group 3 PHASE OV3 CA PKP Overvoltage element pickup CA Group 3 PHASE OV3 CA OP Overvoltage element operation CA Group 3 PHASE OV3 PKP Pickup of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE OV3 OP Operation of any of the above mentioned elements F650 Digital Bay Controller A 25 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Neutral OV High Neutral OV Low Auxiliary UV A 26 Neutral overvoltage element block high level Group 1 NEUTRAL OV1 HIGH PKP Neutral overvoltage element pickup high level Group 1 NEUTRAL OV1 HIGH OP Neutral overvoltage element operation high level Group 1 NEUTRAL OV2 HIGH BLK Neutral overvoltage element block high level Group 2 NEUTRAL OV2 HIGH PKP Neutral overvoltage element pickup high level Group 2 NEUTRAL OV2 HIGH OP Neutral overvoltage element operation high level Group 2 NEUTRAL OV3 HIGH BLK Neutral overvoltage elemen
20. Phasor la Primary Phasor Ib Primary Phasor Ic Primary Phasor Ig Primary Phasor Isg Primary RMS la Primary RMS Ib Primary RMS Ic Primary RMS lg Primary RMS 150 Primary 10 Primary Intro Next ESC Prev 0 000 KA 0 000 KA 0 000 KA 0 000 KA 0 000 KA 0 000 KA 0 000 KA 0 000 KA 0 000 KA 0 000 KA 0 000 KA Figure 3 28 METERING SCREEN As in the rest of graphical display screens the bottom part shows a legend that indicates the possible options for the user In this case the options are Esc Prev L R Scroll L R Scroll Pressing the shuttle key the user accesses the next screen in this case the ALL EVENTS screen Esc Prev Pressing the ESC key the user returns to the previous screen One line diagram L R Scroll Rotating the shuttle key to the left L or right R the user can access all the Metering values in the screen Rotating the shuttle key left will move up in the screen and rotating right will move down METERING SCREEN ANALOG MEASURES IN PRIMARY VALUES Phasor la Primary VO Primary Phase A Real Pwr Line Frequency Primary Phasor Ib Primary V1 Primary Phase B Reactive Pwr Bus Frequency Primary Phasor Ic Primary V2 Primary Phase B Apparent Pwr Vx Primary Phasor lg Primary Vab Primary Phase B Real Pwr Pos MVarhour Freeze Phasor Isg Primary Vbc Primary Phase C Reactive Pwr NegMVarhour Freeze Phasor In Primary Vca Primary Phase C Appar
21. The Communication computer screen is divided in several subsections Computer settings Main communication parameters for serial communication and control type selection ModBus TCP Setup if ModBus TCP is selected as control type Communication parameters for ModBus TCP communication e Communication control Device communication status communicating or not communicating Communication optimization allows optimizing the communication time outs and failure establishing 3 4 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 1 4 1 COMPUTER SETTINGS Shows the communication parameters necessary in order to establish communication with the unit Such as slave address communication port baud rate parity control type and startup mode Baud rate parity data bits stop bits and ModBus slave address for com2 RS232 front port and second serial port in the rear communication board are displayed in the default text logotype main screen ModBus Slave Address ModBus addresses used for serial and Ethernet communication Communication ports port used in the computer for serial communication Baud Rate Baud rate for serial communication from 1200 up to 115200 bauds in EnerVista 650 Setup from 300 to 115200 in relay Parity parity for serial communication None odd or even can be selected Control Type The available control m
22. 30 Rotating the shuttle key left for moving up and right for moving down select the next level to be displayed L1 press the shuttle key again to enter in next level and press esc key to return to previous level if desired This navigation will be performed the same for all the menus in View Settings Once the last sublevel is reached move up and down to visualize the settings selected Table 3 30 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF VIEW CHANGE SETTINGS MAIN MENU MAIN SETTINGS MENU FIRST LEVEL SECOND LEVEL THIRD LEVEL Product Setup gt Communication gt Serial Ports Ethernet gt Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2 ModBus Protocol DNP3 Slave Available for standard and IEC61850 models DNP3 Slave 1 DNP3 Slave 2 DNP3 Slave 3 IEC 870 5 104 Available for standard and IEC61850 models SNTP PROCOME Available for procome models only Fault Report Oscillography Demand System Setup General Settings Breaker gt Breaker Settings Breaker Maintenance Protection Element gt Phase Current gt Phase TOC High Phase TOC High 1 Phase TOC High 2 Phase TOC High 3 Phase TOC Low gt Phase TOC Low 1 Phase TOC Low 2 Phase TOC Low 3 Phase IOC High gt Phase IOC High 1 Phase IOC High 2 Phase IOC High 3 Phase IOC Low gt Phase IOC Low 1 Phase IOC Low 2 Phase IOC Low 3 Pha
23. 97 to 98 of the pickup level 1 reading 40 196 Full Scale from 10 to 275 V at nominal frequency 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 13 596 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Any Two All phases logic selectable by setting Selectable by setting GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 4 1 16 PHASE UNDERVOLTAGE 27P Voltage Input Fundamental Phasor of phase to ground or phase to phase voltages selectable by setting Pickup level to 300 in steps of 1 V Dropout level 102 to 103 of the pickup level Level accuracy 1 reading 0 1 Full Scale from 10 to 275 V at nominal frequency Curve Shapes Fixed time or inverse curve Reset type Instantaneous Curve Multiplier Time Dial 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Timing accuracy 3 5 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Minimum Voltage Threshold 0 to 300 in steps of 1 V Logic Any Two All phases logic selectable by setting Supervised by Breaker Selectable by setting Snapshot Events Selectable by setting 2 4 1 17 NEUTRAL OVERVOLTAGE 59NH 59NL Voltage Input Fundamental Phasor of the neutral voltage Pickup level 3 to 300 in steps of 1 V Dropout level 97 to 98 of the pickup level Level accuracy 1 reading 0 1 Full Scale from 10 to 275 V at nominal frequency Trip delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Reset delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Timing acc
24. File gt Get info from relay Store in the relay the Logic configuration files pep aut lib as well as the 650 for further logic changes Communication gt Upload info files to relay Figure 3 4 ON LINE MODE FILE MANAGEMENT 3 8 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE Table 3 2 TYPES OF FILES CREATED BY ENERVISTA 650 SETUP ONLINE OPERATION MODE LOGIC CONFIGURATION FILES AUT LIB SETTINGS amp CONFIGURATION FILE 650 PEP AUT LIB Graphical edition iner Logic x Header for Logic container Loy User programmable f Vi Description Protection Settings and Configuration Section project pure logic objects format Logic configuration Logic configuration Logic configuration Created by EnerVista 650 Setup graphic editor PLC graphic editor PLC graphic editor PLC Editor Editor Editor PLC project file containing the PLC Project file Library file to be nn necessary containing all the included as an object Relay configuration file containing all protection information relative drawings used by in a PLC project elements settings input output and LEDs configuration to the relay model the logic required Lodic pa that Contents graphic display configuration etc logic by 650 relay based EAR piod into Equations corresponding to t
25. GE Multilin 215 Anderson Avenue L6E 183 Markham ON CANADA T 905 294 6222 F 905 294 8512 E gemultilin ge com Internet www GEMultilin com Multilin F650 Digital Bay Controller User manual GEK 113000T Firmware version 3 7X EnerVista F650 Setup version 3 7X Copyright 2007 GE Multilin GE Multilin Avda Pinoa 10 48170 Zamudio SPAIN T 34 94 485 8800 F 3494 485 88 45 E gemultilin euro ge com O900L TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 GETTING STARTED 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES GEK 113000T 1 1 IMPORTANT PROCEDURES 1 1 4 CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS sesenta 1 1 14 2 INSPECTION CHECKLIST 3 en eren mte tectae 1 4 11 3 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ceteri ber teet ecce te aS 1 6 1 2 OVERVIEW 1 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO 650 FAMILY OF RELAYS 1 7 1 2 2 HARDWARE 1 7 1 243 SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE 1 9 1 24 COMMUNICATIONS ARCHITECTURE sesenta 1 9 1 3 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE 1 3 1 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 1 11 1 3 2 INSTALLATION trennen wee 1 11 1 3 3 CONNECTING ENERVISTA 650 SETUP WITH F650 1 15 1 4 650 HARDWARE 1 4 1 MOUNTING amp WIRING 1 17 1 4 2 650 COMMUNICATIONS 1 17 1 4 8 FACEPLATE DISPLAY we 1 18 1 44 M
26. CONFIGURATION FILE 650 AUT LIB Graphical edition container Logic Description Protection Settings and Configuration Section 7 for Logic equations Virtual ES made projec Outputs in FDB ogic objects format Logic configuration Logic configuration Logic configuration Created by EnerVista 650 Setup graphic editor PLC graphic editor PLC graphic editor PLC Editor Editor Editor PLC project file Library file to be containing the red s rojont fe included as an alte object in a PLC Relay configuration file containing all protection information relative drawings used by roiect Logic elements Settings input output and LEDs configuration to the relay model the logic required by PACK d g tcan Contents graphic display configuration etc logic 1650 relay based on pa imo Equations corresponding to the logic created and in the IEC 61131 3 libraries and be compiled in the PLC Editor roject lib standard Functional distributed in project 15 block diagram graphic file name FDB different PLC aut etc projects PLC Editor PLC Editor PLC Editor How to save MEAT Setup File gt Save File gt Save File gt Save Project Project Library PLC Editor PLC Editor PLC Editor How to open DM an Slup File gt Open File gt Open File gt Library gt New Project Project Library Connect with the relay Commun
27. F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 1 8 4 CONTROL ELEMENTS This option shows all the control elements available in the relay as shown in Table 3 11 Some of the elements grouped ones such as underfrequency overfrequency and broken conductor Table 3 11 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF CONTROL ELEMENTS MENU CONTROL ELEMENTS F650 units incorporate a flexible grouping capability for protection units This means that protection units can be used in either single setting group default mode all units can operate simultaneously or three Setting groups in this mode protection units are grouped in three independent tables with only one of them active at a given time Protection element grouping involves only Protection elements together with broken conductor detection and over and under frequency which are usually considered as control elements The rest of control elements such as recloser fuse failure breaker failure synchronism and breaker settings are not involved in the tabled groups concept Setting Group Underfrequency Underfrequency unit 81U Grouped element Overfrequency Overfrequency unit 81O Grouped element Synchrocheck Synchronism check unit 25 Not grouped a single unit provided Autoreclose Recloser 79 Not grouped a single unit provided Breaker Failure Breaker failure BOBF Not gr
28. GROUP 2 BLOCKED 32N3 LOW BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED THERMAL1 A RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL1 B RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL1 C RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL2 A RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL2 B RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL2 C RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL3 A RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL3 B RST OPERATION BIT 4 THERMAL3 C RST OPERATION BIT 4 Synchrocheck BLK INP Not Configured AR LEVEL BLOCK CONT IP_F_CC8 79 BLOCK CC8 LATCHED VIRT IP 14 AR PULSE BLOCK AR INITIATE AR PULSE UNBLOCK Not Configured Not Configured VO_083_GENERAL_TRIP CONT IP F CC7 79 INITIATE CC7 LATCHED VIRT IP 13 C 28 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION PROTECTION ELEMENTS PROTECTION ELEMENT SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC AR CONDS INPUT SYNCHK CLOSE PERM NOT NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 15 BKR FAIL INITIATE Not Configured GROUP 1 ACT ON Not Configured GROUP 2 ACT ON Not Configured GROUP 3 ACT ON Not Configured FAULT REPORT TRIGG VO 083 GENERAL TRIP CLEAR FAULT REPORTS Not Configured DEMAND TRIGGER INP Not Configured DEMAND RESET INP OPERATION BIT 7 FREEZE ENERGY CNT Configured on ENERGY Not Configured RESET ENERGY CNT OPERATION BIT 6 RESET KI2t COUNTERS
29. Line length FAULT REPORT TRIGGER 1841 Switchgear 1 Open ON ON 14 04 2004 Time EJ Listo Intranet local Figure 3 40 FAULT REPORT SCREEN The information provided in this screen includes the date and time when the fault was registered fault calculations such as distance to the fault type of fault date and time and the line parameters as well as the recloser and breaker status during the fault This screen shows also prefault and fault voltage and current primary values At the top of the screen associated to the trigger event number there is a button labeled as INFO This button displays at the bottom of the screen the events produced before and after the fault report trigger so that the user has very useful information about the moment when the fault was produced To obtain a text file with all the fault report information press the Download option and save the file in the computer GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 67 3 3 WEB SERVER 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 3 7 DATA LOGGER The data logger screen allows viewing the data logger first and last value retrieval date and allows downloading the data record files in Comtrade format by pressing the Download option Stored files can be viewed later using any Comtrade format viewer 24650 Data Logger Microsoft Internet Explorer 2 d m 81 x Archivo Edici n Favoritos Herramientas Ayuda amp gt
30. No Current Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE UAE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Tap Level in percentage of 12 11 Tap 20 0 1096 20 0 100 0 Trip Time Trip Delay 60 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Current Inhibition Level setting Operation Threshold 0 005 0 001 A 0 000 1 000 SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE RUE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Input type Input PHASOR DFT N A PHASOR RMS Full load current Full Load Current 0 50 KA 0 10 10 00 Pickup level Pickup Level 1 01 N A 1 01 109 00 Trip time Trip Delay 0 00 S 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 S 0 00 900 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS SETTING DESCRIPTION NAM
31. PH TOC2 LOW C PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 2 phase C PH TOC2 LOW C OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 2 phase C PH TOC2 LOW PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 2 any phase PH TOC2 LOW OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 2 any phase PH TOC3 LOW A BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Low level Group 3 phase A PH TOC3 LOW B BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Low level Group 3 phase B PH TOC3 LOW C BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Low level Group 3 phase C Phase TOC Low PH TOC3 LOW A PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 3 phase A PH TOC3 LOW A OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 3 phase A PH TOC3 LOW B PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 3 phase B PH TOC3 LOW B OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 3 phase B PH TOC3 LOW C PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 3 phase C PH TOC3 LOW C OP PH TOC3 LOW PKP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 3 phase C Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group 3 any phase PH TOC3 LOW OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 3 any phase ace Neutral timed overcurrent element
32. RS485 RS485 port and a CAN port for remote CAN bus I O cable QO N lt The other module provides Ethernet communications COM3 port using 10 100BaseTX self negotiable speed or 100BaseFX connectors depending on the selected model The most complete models include a double redundant 100BaseFX fiber optic port Redundancy is provided at the physical level the unit incorporates internally duplicated and independent controllers for extended system reliability and accessibility Available Options are Table 1 2 REAR ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS BOARD 2 BOARD CODE FUNCTIONALITY B One 10 100BaseTX port self negotiable speed C One 10 100BaseTX port and one 100BaseFX port D One 10 100BaseTX port and redundant 100BaseFX ports E Redundant 10 100BaseTX ports For options C and D it is required to select the active physical media by means of an internal selector inside the module The factory configuration for this selection is the 10 100BaseTX port Finally internal communication with input and output modules is performed via an internal CAN bus independent from the one used for remote CAN BUS I Os This fact provides increased communication speed as well as the possibility of acknowledgement of modules abnormalities etc As this is a serial port supporting a communications protocol it provides extraordinary immunity against external or internal disturbances GE
33. This requires placing even more functions within the IEDs Users of power equipment are also interested in reducing cost by improving power quality and personnel productivity and as always in increasing system reliability and efficiency These objectives are realized through software which is used to perform functions at both the station and supervisory levels The use of these systems is growing rapidly High speed communications are required to meet the data transfer rates required by modern automatic control and monitoring systems In the near future very high speed communications will be required to perform protection signalling This has been established by the IEC 61850 standard IEDs with capabilities outlined above will also provided significantly more power system data than is presently available enhance operations and maintenance and permit the use of adaptive system configuration for protection and control systems This new generation of equipment must also be easily incorporated into automation systems at both the station and enterprise levels 1 2 2 HARDWARE ARCHITECTURE 650 family of relays has been designed to meet the goals described above that are appearing nowadays in the environment of new substations The 650 is a digital based device containing a central processing unit CPU that handles multiple types of input and output signals The 650 family can communicate over a local area network LAN with an operator interface
34. Undervoltage element operation AG Group 2 PHASE UV2 B PKP Undervoltage element pickup BG Group 2 PHASE UV2 B OP Undervoltage element operation BG Group 2 PHASE UV2 C PKP Undervoltage element pickup CG Group 2 PHASE UV2 C OP Undervoltage element operation CG Group 2 PHASE UV2 AB PKP Undervoltage element pickup AB Group 2 PHASE UV2 AB OP PHASE UV2 BC PKP Undervoltage element operation AB Group 2 Undervoltage element pickup BC Group 2 PHASE UV2 BC OP Undervoltage element operation BC Group 2 PHASE UV2 CA PKP Undervoltage element pickup CA Group 2 PHASE UV2 CA OP PHASE UV2 PKP Undervoltage element operation CA Group 2 Pickup of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE UV2 OP Operation of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE UV3 BLOCK Phase undervoltage element block Group 3 PHASE UV3 A PKP Undervoltage element pickup AG Group 3 PHASE UV3 A OP Undervoltage element operation AG Group 3 PHASE UV3 B PKP Undervoltage element pickup BG Group 3 PHASE UV3 B OP Undervoltage element operation BG Group 3 PHASE UV3 C PKP Undervoltage element pickup CG Group 3 PHASE UV3 C OP Undervoltage element operation CG Group 3 PHASE UV3 AB PKP Undervoltage element pickup AB Group 3 PHASE UV3 AB OP Undervoltage element operation AB Group 3 PHASE UV3 BC PKP PHASE UV3 BC OP Undervoltage element pickup BC Group 3 Und
35. a programming device or another 650 or UR device The CPU module contains firmware that provides protection elements in the form of logic algorithms as well as programming logic gates timers and latches for control features It incorporates two internal processors one for generic use and a second one dedicated for communications Input Elements accept a variety of analog or digital signals from the field The 650 isolates and converts these signals into logic signals used by the relay Output Elements convert and isolate the logic signals generated by the relay into digital signals that can be used to control field devices GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 7 1 2 OVERVIEW 1 GETTING STARTED INPUT ELEMENTS CPU MODULE OUTPUT ELEMENTS CONTACT INPUTS CONTACT OUTPUTS VIRTUAL INPUTS PROTECTION ANALOG INPUTS 1 VIRTUAL OUTPUTS CT INPUTS CAN BUS OUTPUTS 2 PLC LOGI Tre BUS INPUTS 2 BUS BUS CAN REMOTE OUTPUTS 3 REMOTE INPUTS 3 PROGRAMMING OPERATOR DEVICE INTERFACE 1 Analog CT and VT Inputs and Protection Elements are not available in C650 models 2 Can Bus Inputs Outputs are not available in W650 models 3 Remote Inputs and Outputs are not available in G650 and C650 models Figure 1 6 650 CONCEPT BLOCK DIAGRAM Contact Inputs Outputs are signals associated to the physical input output contacts in the relay CT and VT inputs are s
36. contact A 0 contact 0 SWITCH 1 11 ERROR Error 11 switchgear 1 contact A 1 contact B 1 SWITCH 2 OPEN Switchgear 2 open SWITCH 2 CLOSED Switchgear 2 closed SWITCH 200 ERROR 00 switchgear 2 contact A 0 contact 0 SWITCH 2 11 ERROR Error 11 switchgear 2 contact A 1 contact 1 SWITCH 16 OPEN Switchgear 16 open SWITCH 16 CLOSED Switchgear 16 closed SWITCH 16 00_ERROR Error 00 switchgear 16 contact A 0 contact B 0 SWITCH 16 11 ERROR Error 11 switchgear 16 contact A 1 contact 1 SWITCH 1 OPEN INIT Switchgear 1 opening initiation SWITCH 1 CLOSE INIT Switchgear 1 closing initiation SWITCH 2 OPEN INIT Switchgear 2 opening initiation SWITCH 2 CLOSE INIT Switchgear 2 closing initiation SWITCH 16 OPEN INIT Switchgear 16 opening initiation SWITCH 16 CLOSE INIT Switchgear 16 closing initiation SWGR 1 FAIL TO OPEN Failure to open Switchgear 1 SWGR 2 FAIL TO OPEN Failure to open Switchgear 2 Te AIL TO Failure to open Switchgear 16 eu FAIL TO Failure to close Switchgear 1 SWGR 2 FAIL TO CLOSE Failure to close Switchgear 2 ciel 6 FAIL TO Failure to close Switchgear 16 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT READY LED Ready LED 0 Red Relay out of service protection OUT OF ORDER 1 Gree
37. eg Intranet local Figure 3 37 ALARMS SCREEN GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 65 3 3 WEB SERVER 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 3 5 OSCILLOGRAPHY The oscillography screen allows obtaining from the relay available oscillography records in that moment This screen includes two windows The first window shows oscillography records available in the relay identified by an index being the highest index the most recent record oscillography record No 6 in the example below 650 Oscillography Microsoft Internet Explorer m 18 x Archivo Edici n Yer Favoritos Herramientas Ayuda gt ijFavoritos lt 4distorial E i amp g jprei ne heourisziemsrimOsbgephyhm SSS ex ses E Release 3 22 SP Web 3 22 0 4 5 i Oscillography Record 4 Date 11 MAY 2006 Time 12 48 37 836000 System frequency 50 Hz Trigger position 30 Total samples 6898 Trigger sample 2069 Samples per cycle 72 B EE intraneta Figure 3 38 OSCILLOGRAPHY SCREEN If the user clicks on the oscillo record he wants to retrieve the window on the right will show a description of the record header indicating its date time and the most relevant parameters of the record Once a record is selected it is required to press the Download button The system will then open a window to allow saving the files in Comtrade format in the PC
38. lib files contain the logic configuration projects necessary to modify the logic virtual outputs in the relay These files can be stored in the relay using the Communication gt Upload info files to relay option in EnerVista 650 Setup through Ethernet communication They can be retrieved using Communication Download info files to relay option in EnerVista 650 Setup program Ethernet communication Take into account that the pep aut and library files are necessary to modify the PLC logic virtual outputs Without these files setting and configuration can be modified but not logic equations virtual outputs It is advisable to use the Communication gt Upload info files to relay option to store these logic configuration files into the relay It is important to distinguish between Send Get info to relay and Upload Download info files to from relay File gt Send Get info to relay sends gets settings and configuration and compiled logic equation to from the relay 650 format and the relay automatically starts working with the new settings once they are stored Communications gt Upload Download info files to relay stores retrieves in the relay hard disk settings configuration and compiled logic equations 650 besides the PLC files pep aut lib This is only a physical storage file backup GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 29 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP S
39. 00 Trip time Trip Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Minimum voltage threshold Minimum Voltage 30 1V 30 300 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE USER Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Dead bus voltage level Dead Bus Level 10 00 0 01 V 0 00 300 00 Live bus voltage level Live Bus Level 50 00 0 01 V 0 00 300 00 Dead line voltage level Dead Line Level 10 00 0 01 V 0 00 300 00 Live line voltage level Live Line Level 50 00 0 01 V 0 00 300 00 Voltage Difference Max Volt Difference 10 00 0 01 V 2 00 300 00 Angle Difference Max Angle Difference 10 0 0 1 Deg 2 0 80 0 Frequency Slip Max Freq Difference 20 10 mHz 10 5000 Breaker Closing time Time 0 50 0 01 s 0 01 600 00 Dead Line Dead Bus Function permission DL DB Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Live Line Dead Bus Function permission LL DB Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Dead Line Live Bus Function permission DL LB Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Function permission DISABLED NA DISABLED ENABLED Maximum Number of shots Max Number
40. 16 Maximum value of KI2t Maximum KI2t 9999 99 0 01 KA 2 0 00 9999 99 Kl2t integration time Kl2t Integ Time 0 03 0 01s 0 03 0 25 Maximum number of openings Maximum Openings 9999 1 0 9999 Maximum Openings in one hour Max Openings 1 hour 40 1 1 60 Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE AERE 2 Counter Phase 2 PhA Cnt 0 00 0 01 KA 2 9999 99 2 Counter Phase KI2tBKR PhB Cnt 0 00 0 01 10 00 9999 99 KI2t Counter Phase Ph C Cnt 0 00 0 01 KA 2 9999 99 Openings counter BKR Openings Cnt 0 1 0 9999 Closings counter BKR Closings Cnt 0 1 0 9999 SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE USER generation for Snapshot Events DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED 2 generation for Snapshot Events DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED cdam generation for EUR Events DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED generation for Events DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED ce generation for snapshot Events DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED aa generation for Snapshot Events DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED generation for Snapshot Events DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED a generation for Snapshot Events DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED generation for DISABLED N
41. 2 4 3 6 DATA LOGGER Number of Channels Parameters Samples Storage Capacity 2 4 4 1 PLC LOGIC Programming language Lines of code Supported operations Libraries Inputs Number of timers 2 4 4 2 FLEXCURVES Number Reset points Operate points Time delay Saturation Level 1to 16 Any available analog actual value 1 sec 1 5 10 15 20 30 60 min Fixed 32768 measures 2 4 4 USER PROGRAMMABLE ELEMENTS The logical configuration is performed using graphical functions based on the IEC 61131 3 standard 512 NOT XOR OR 2 to 8 inputs AND 2 to 8 inputs NOR 2 to 8 inputs NAND 2 to 8 inputs Latch Reset Dominant Edge Detectors Timers 2 inputs default gates from 3 to 8 inputs provided in library format Logical gates fully programmable by user To create user programmable logic to be distributed as a single object Any logical variable contact or virtual input 8 maximum in each logic scheme provided in library format 4 A through D 40 0 through 1 of pickup 80 1 through 20 of pickup 0 to 65535 ms in steps of 1 20 times the pickup level 2 4 4 3 USER PROGRAMMABLE LEDS Number Programmability Reset mode Reset Signal 2 22 15 configurable LEDs plus a ready non configurable LED from any logical variable contact or virtual input Self reset or Latched The first 5 LED s are latched by hardware red color ones usually configured for trip signals The followin
42. 4 8 16 32 or 64 samples per power cycle 27592 samples No of Oscillos No of samples cycle 5 to 95 of total length Programmable via PLC 5 current channels and 4 voltage channels Up to 16 digital channels programmable through PLC In non volatile memory flash without battery International Standard COMTRADE ASCII IEEE C37 111 1999 Selectable by setting Oscillography records can be concatenated Selectable by setting Single ended 0 01 to 250 00 Ohm in steps of 0 01 Ohms 25 to 90 in steps of 1 0 01 to 750 00 Ohms in steps of 0 01 Ohm 25 to 90 in steps of 1 0 0 to 2000 0 in steps of 0 1 miles or km 596 typical Selectable by setting Selectable by setting Up to 10 fault report records Fault date and time pre fault currents and voltages fault currents and voltages fault type distance to the fault fault location line parameters recloser and breaker status information F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Data Storage In non volatile memory flash without battery available through communications In volatile memory ram available through HMI if selectable by setting Format Text in ASCII format 2 4 3 3 SNAPSHOT EVENTS Capacity 479 scrolling events Time tag 1 ms using an internal clock of 100 us Timing Accuracy 1 ms using the IRIG B synchronization input Triggers Any element pickup dropout or operation Digital input output c
43. 4 5 4 REACTIVE POWER VARS Accuracy 1 of the reading at 0 2 lt PF lt 0 2 2 4 5 5 APPARENT POWER VA Accuracy 1 of the reading 2 4 5 6 WATT HOURS POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE Accuracy 1 0 of the reading Range 0 to 2147 MWh Parameters 3 phase only Update rate 100 ms GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 23 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 5 7 WAR HOURS POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE Accuracy Range Parameters Update rate 2 4 5 8 POWER FACTOR Accuracy Parameters 2 4 5 9 FREQUENCY Metering range from 30 Hz to 80 Hz Accuracy 2 4 5 10 ANGLE Accuracy 2 4 6 1 AC CURRENT INPUTS CT Ratio Rated currents Relay Burden Current Withstand 2 24 1 0 of the reading 0 to 2147 MVArh 3 phase only 100 ms 0 02 3 Phase and single phase For firmware version 3 00 and former ones 10 mHz at 50 Hz 12 mHz at 60 Hz For firmware version 3 20 and later ones 30 mHz at 50 Hz 36 mHz at 60 Hz 2 4 6 INPUTS 1 0 to 6000 0 in steps of 0 1 Appropriate for 1 or 5 A F650 has universal range for CT valid for 1 or 5 A to only one terminal lt 0 04 Ohm Continuous at 20 A 1 second at 500 A for phases and ground 1 second at 50 A for sensitive ground F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 4 6 2 AC VOLTAGE INPUTS VT Ratio 1 0 to 6000 0 in steps of 0 1 Rated Voltages 275 Vac Metering range Fro
44. 650 device The alternate human interface is implemented via the device s faceplate keypad and display see Human Machine Interface section in this chapter The EnerVista 650 Setup software provides a single facility to configure monitor maintain and trouble shoot the operation of relay functions connected over local or wide area communication networks It can be used while disconnected i e offline or connected i e on line to a 650 device In off line mode settings files can be created for eventual downloading to the device In on line mode you can communicate with the device in real time The EnerVista 650 Setup software provided with every F650 relay can be run from any computer supporting Microsoft Windows 95 98 NT 2000 ME and XP This chapter provides a summary of the basic EnerVista 650 Setup software interface features The EnerVista 650 Setup Help File provides details for getting started and using the EnerVista 650 Setup software interface 3 1 2 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE OVERVIEW This software package uses ModBus protocol and it is designed to communicate with a single relay at a time GE offers different communication software packages such as GE POWER which can be used to communicate simultaneously with several relays EnerVista 650 Setup software provides an easy way to configure monitor and manage all F650 features 3 1 2 1 ENGAGING A DEVICE The EnerVista 650 Setup software may be used in on line mode
45. 98 GROUND IOC3 PKP 224 223 40 outOR1 B 2 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX B B 1 FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC 90 PHASE UV1 PKP 91 PHASE UV2 PKP 92 inOR2 PHASE UV3 PKP 38 PHASE OV1 PKP PHASE 2 PKP PHASE OV3 PKP 239 NEUTRAL OV1 HIGH PKP 238 sus 240 NEUTRAL OV2 HIGH PKP a ea outOR1 NEUTRAL OV3 HIGH 259 outOR1 NEUTRAL OV3 LOW PKP 245 260 AUXILIARY UV 1 PKP 246 AUXILIARY UV2 PKP 247 AUXILIARY PKP inOR8 248 AUXILIARY OV1 PKP AUXILIARY OV2 PKP AUXILIARY OV3 PKP NEG SEQ OV1 262 252 NEG SEQ OV2 PKP 253 NEG SEQ OV3 PKP 269 OR3 oUtORT 261 263 0 017 ALL VOLTAGE PKP GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller B 3 B 1 FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC APPENDIXB 111 OVERFREQ1 PKP 25 112 i OR3 outOR1 IOVERFREQ 2 PKP 113 inOR2 OVERFREQ3 PKP TORS 114 26 46 115 UNDERFREQ2 PKP 116 UNDERFREQ3 WORS outOR1 410 413 4 REQ RATE1 o9 OR3 outORT REQ RATE2 PKP FREQ RATES PKP inOR3 41 4 414 vo 055 819 BROKEN CONDUCT PKP 273 ud 275 i BROKEN CONDUCT PKP BROKEN CONDUCTS PKP 276 347 FWD PWR1 STG1 PKP 353 348 346 FWD PWR1 STG2 PKP
46. A DISABLED ENABLED a generation for Evans DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED generation for Sent DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED generation for Snapehot Evante DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 7 C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS APPENDIX C SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE ns Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Input type Input PHASOR DFT N A PHASOR RMS Pickup level Pickup Level 1 00 0 01A 0 05 160 00 Curve shape Curve IEEE Ext Inv N A See list of curves Time Dial TD Multiplier 1 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset type Reset INSTANTANEOUS N A EAR ANEOUS Voltage Restraint Voltage Restraint DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE s Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Input type Input PHASOR DFT N A PHASOR RMS Pickup level Pickup Level 30 00 0 01A 0 05 160 00 Trip time Trip Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE WEE Function permission Function DISABLED N A
47. Baud rate for COM2 Baud Rate 19200 N A 300 115200 Parity for COM1 COMI Parity NONE N A NONE ODD EVEN Parity for COM2 Parity NONE N A NONE ODD EVEN SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE SES 1st octec of IP address IP Address Oct1 0 N A 0 255 2nd octec of IP address IP Address Oct2 0 N A 0 255 3rd octec of IP address IP Address Oct3 0 N A 0 255 4th octec of IP address IP Address Oct4 0 N A 0 255 1st octec of Netmask Netmask Oct1 0 N A 0 255 2nd octec of Netmask Netmask Oct2 0 N A 0 255 3rd octec of Netmask Netmask Oct3 0 N A 0 255 4th octec of Netmask Netmask Oct4 0 N A 0 255 1st octec of Gateway Gateway IP Oct1 0 N A 0 255 2nd octec of Gateway Gateway IP Oct2 0 N A 0 255 3rd octec of Gateway Gateway IP Oct3 0 N A 0 255 4th octec of Gateway Gateway IP Oct4 0 N A 0 255 SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Slave address for 254 1 255 Slave address for COM2 ee 254 N A 1 255 Modbus port number for Modbus TCP Modbus Port Number 502 N A 0 65535 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 1 C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS APPENDIX C 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 1000 SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE DEDE Se os
48. DISABLED ENABLED Maximum Torque Angle MTA 45 1 Deg 90 90 Operation Direction Direction FORWARD N A FORWARD REVERSE Block logic Block Logic PERMISSION N A BLOCK PERMISSION Polarization voltage threshold Pol V Threshold 40 1V 0 300 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE DE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Heating constant Heat Time Constant 6 0 0 1 min 3 0 600 0 0 01 times Cooling constant Cool Time Constant 2 00 pen Time 1 00 6 00 t Pickup level Pickup Level 1 00 0 01A 0 05 160 00 Alarm level Alarm Level 80 0 0 1096 1 0 110 0 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE NES Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup level Pickup Level 1 00 0 01A 0 05 160 00 Curve shape Curve IEEE Ext Inv N A See list of curves Time Dial TD Multiplier 1 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset type Reset INSTANTANEOUS N A LINEAR NEOUS Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Function permissio
49. ELEMENTS 67P 67N 67G 67SG 6 12 1 67 ELEMENT 6 12 2 67N ELEMENT 6 123 670 ELEMENT 6 124 6750 ELEMENT 6 13 UNDERVOLTAGE ELEMENTS 27 27X 6 13 1 27P eret e e 6 18 6A 3 2 27X EVEMENT os 6 18 6 14 OVERVOLTAGE ELEMENTS 59P 59X 59NH 59NL 47 6 141 59P ELEMENT ei aiiis entro a iea 6 14 2 59X ELEMENT esee 6 14 3 59NH AND 59NL ELEMENTS 6 14 4 47 ELEMENT NEG SEQ OV 6 15 FREQUENCY ELEMENTS 810 81U 6 16 RECLOSER 79 6 16 1 RECLOSING CYCLE 6 16 2 RECLOSER STATUS 6 16 3 EXTERNAL RECLOSE 70 2600 6 24 6 17 THERMAL IMAGE ELEMENT 49 7 1 COMMUNICATIONS 7 2 PROTECTION 7 3 CONTROL AND HMI 7 4 RELAY CONFIGURATION 8 1 SYMPTOMS AND RECOMMENDED ACTIONS A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS B 1 FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION D 1 GE MULTILIN WARRANTY F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS 4 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 1 GETTING STARTED 1 1 IMPORTANT PROCEDURES 1 1 1 CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS To help ensure years of trouble free operation please read through the following chapter for information to help guide you through the initial installation procedures of your new relay BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO INSTALL OR USE THE RELAY IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT ALL WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE REVIEWED TO HELP PREVENT PERSON
50. EVENTS 49 64 CTL EVENTS 65 80 CTL EVENTS 81 96 CTL EVENTS 97 112 CTL EVENTS 113 128 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 SWITCHGEAR 9 16 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS APPENDIXC SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Enable or disable the protocol Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Listening TCP port in the relay TCP Port 2404 N A 0 65535 Address in the ASDU header Cormon Addrot 255 N A 0 65535 Meter seconds for instantaneous Cyclic Meter Period 0 1s 0 3600 Not implemented Synchronization Event 0 N A 0 3600 IEC 870 5 104 NOTES Note 1 Cyclic Meter Period 0 value means no spontaneous metering SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Port used UDP port 123 1 1 65535 IP Address OCT 1 Server IP Oct 1 0 1 1 255 IP Address OCT 2 Server IP Oct 2 0 1 1 255 IP Address OCT 3 Server IP Oct 3 0 1 1 255 IP Address OCT 4 Server IP Oct 4 0 1 1 255 SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE s Serial Remote Com Port selection COMM Port NONE NONE 1 Slave number for procome Slave Number 0 0 254 C 4 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS SETTING DESCRIPTION NA
51. EnerVista 650 Setup Procome Configuration tool Only available for Procome models 5 when communicating through Ethernet with EnerVista 650 Setup Relay synchronization to computer clock or to user definable date and time On line mode only Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as 3 1 8 1 PRODUCT SETUP Table 3 6 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF PRODUCT SETUP MENU PRODUCT SETUP Communication Settings ModBus User Map Fault Report Oscillography Data Logger Demand Serial Ports Network Ethernet ModBus Protocol DNP Slave IEC 870 5 104 SNTP settings and procome if available on model selection ModBus user map definition The ModBus user map is formed by 256 records selectable from the complete relay ModBus map Fault report settings Possibility to show fault reports on HMI screen Oscillography settings trigger position samples per cycle etc The trigger and digital channels up to 16 must be configured in Setpoint gt Relay configuration Data logger configuration Demand settings The demand trigger and demand reset signals must be configured in Setpoint gt Relay configuration Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as a COMMUNICATION SETTINGS This section details the settings related to communication parameters for the d
52. Ethernet interface which can be used to provide fast reliable communications in noisy environments Another option provides two 10BaseF fiber optic ports for redundancy The Ethernet port supports IEC 61850 Modbuse TCP DNP 3 0 and TFTP protocols and allows access to the relay via any standard web browser The IEC 60870 5 104 protocol is supported on the Ethernet port The F650 IEDs use flash memory technology which allows field upgrading as new features are added CLOSE TRIP gt Monitoring anil uis mE B te F650 Digital Bay Controller EN F650 BLOCK H cDR Figure 2 1 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 1 2 2 SUMMARY 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 2 1 ANSI DEVICE NUMBERS AND FUNCTIONS DEVICE NUMBER FUNCTION 25 Synchronism Check 27P Phase Undervoltage 27X Auxiliary Undervoltage 32 Directional Power 32FP Forward Power 32N Wattmetric Zero Sequence Directional 46 Negative Sequence Time Overcurrent 47 Negative Sequence Overvoltage 48 Locked Rotor 49 Protection against Overload by thermal model 50BF Breaker Failure 50G Ground Instantaneous Overcurrent measured from 4 current transformer 50N Neutral Instantaneous Overcurrent calculated from the phase currents 50P Phase Instantaneous Overcurrent two elements High and Low 50SG Ground Instantaneous Overcurrent for sensitive ground system
53. French Rotate the shuttle key to select the desired language and press it to store the return selection in the relay ENTER ESCAPE Language changed 2 Please reboot Once the new language has been selected it is necessary to reboot the relay in order to start working with the new language in the device the relay Figure 3 26 LANGUAGE SELECTION IN HMI 3 52 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 2 6 GRAPHIC DISPLAY 3 2 6 1 ONE LINE DIAGRAM In models with graphic display F650M default main screen is the single line diagram This single line diagram can be configured using EnerVista 650 Setup software by choosing the HMI menu inside Relay Configuration Setpoint gt Relay Configuration HMI F650 DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER la 0 000 kA Vab 0 000 kV Ib 0 000 kA Vbc 0 000 kV Ic 0 000 kA Vca 0 000 kV Freq 0 00 Hz Intro Next L R Select Figure 3 27 ONE LINE DIAGRAM The bottom of the display shows a legend that indicates the possible selections that can be made from this screen Esc Menu Intro Next L R Select The meaning of these options is as follows Esc Menu Pressing the ESC key the user will access the relay main menu similar to the one displayed by the text display model F650B Pressing again the ESC key the menu selection screen Actual Values Snapshot events etc will be displayed This ma
54. INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 3 WEB SERVER 3 3 2 SNAPSHOT EVENTS The Snapshot events screen shows all Snapshot events produced in the relay This screen is refreshed automatically every minute The information provided in this screen includes first the relative event index the lowest index corresponding to the most recent event next the event text that shows the reason for the event its status active ON or inactive OFF and finally the date and time when the event was produced The bottom of the screen shows a Metering screen clicking on one of the events the associated metering values will be shown on that screen 234 650 SnapShot Events Microsoft Internet Explorer x Archivo Edici n Yer Favoritos Herramientas Ayuda 5 1 74 B sqeda Favoritos 25 Sp H Direcci n E http 192 168 37 177 5napShotEvents htm or Gsnaatt Vinculos Retease 3 22 SP Web 3 22 0 4 SP Lang 3 22 0 gt GE HOME Breaker Closed Date 10 05 2006 Time 05 57 06 551 B SNAPSHOT EVENTS A WETE 22 intranet local Figure 3 35 SNAPSHOT EVENTS SCREEN GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 63 3 3 WEB SERVER 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 3 3 CONTROL EVENTS The control events screen provides access to all events that have been configured in the Control Even
55. INTRODUCTION 5 1 4 COMMUNICATION 0 00 5 2 5 2 BOOT CODE UPGRADE 5 3 FIRMWARE VERSION UPGRADE 531 FIRMWARE UPGRADE xe beat 5 9 5 4 STEP LIST SUMMARY FOR VERSIONS 1 70 AND LATER 544 BOOT CODE UPGRADE 5 intern eee etie tene tt etica 5 12 5 4 2 FIRMWARE UPGRADE 9 5 12 6 1 VISUAL INSPECTION 6 2 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS ON THE POWER SUPPLY NETWORK 6 3 ISOLATION TESTS 6 4 INDICATORS 6 5 POWER SUPPLY TESTING 6 6 COMMUNICATIONS 6 7 VERIFICATION OF MEASUREMENT vo Molle P NS 6 7 2 PHASE CURRENTS eniinn rte dede dada x 6 7 3 ACTIVE REACTIVE POWER AND COSJ METERING 6 7 4 FREQUENCY 6 8 INPUTS AND OUTPUTS 68 1 DIGITAL INPUTS t teen tes etes neon eo oe ities tt see 6 8 2 CONTACT OUTPUTS j 6 8 8 CIRCUIT CONTINUITY SUPERVISION INPUTS 6 10 6 84 FATOBING CIRCUITS eni cie toten re 6 10 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T TABLE OF CONTENTS 7 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS 8 F650TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE A LOGIC OPERANDS B FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC C FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION D MISCELLANEOUS GEK 113000T 6 9 CONNECTIONS FOR TESTING PROTECTION ELEMENTS 6 10 INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT 50PH 50PL 50N 50G Y 50SG 6 11 TIME OVERCURRENT 51PH 51PL 51N 51G AND 46 6 12 DIRECTIONAL
56. IP Digital Programmable Contact Outputs up to 16 Real Reactive and Apparent Power and Power Factor DNP Multimaster 3 0 Level 2 32 Latched Virtual Inputs 32 Self Reset Virtual Inputs Three Phase Energy IEC 870 5 104 Virtual Outputs up to 512 Frequency ModBus User Map Tripping and closing circuit supervision Sequence components of currents and IEC 61850 voltages Remote Inputs Outputs GSSE and GOOSE Pulse Counters messages Analog Inputs dCmA Analog Comparators USER INTERFACE RECORDS OTHERS Alphanumerical display 4x20 Data Logger Breaking Arcing Current 0 Graphic display 16 40 Demand Breaker Control User Programmable LEDs 15 Event Recorder up to 128 configurable events IRIG B synchronization SNTP User Programmable Keys up to 5 Fault Locator and Fault report to 10 records Logic Equations PLC Editor Easy menu management thanks to shuttle key Oscillography up to 20 records Settings Groups up to 3 Configurable One Line Diagram Graphic model only Snapshot Events up to 479 Operations up to 24 Phasor Diagram available in EnerVista 650 Setup Web Server Application GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 3 2 3 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION F650 units are supplied as 1 2 19 rack 6 units high containing the following mod
57. OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip high level Group 2 phase C PH IOC2 HIGH PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 2 any phase PH IOC2 HIGH OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip high level Group 2 any phase PH IOC3 HIGH A BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 3 phase A PH IOC3 HIGH BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 3 phase B F650 Digital Bay Controller A 11 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT PH IOC3 HIGH C BLK Boon overcurrent element block Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high PH IOC3 HIGH A PKP level Group 3 phase A Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation PHIOC3HIGHAOP iiy high level Group 3 phase Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high PH IOC3 HIGH B PKP level Group 3 phase B PH IOC3 HIGH B OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation Phase IOC High trip high level Group 3 phase B Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high PH IOC3 HIGH C PKP level Group 3 phase C Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation PH IOC3 HIGH C OP trip high level Group 3 phase C Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high PH IOC3 HIGH PKP level Group 3 any phase Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation PH IOC3 HIGH OP trip high level Group 3 any
58. OPER G 02 Not Configured Not Configured CONT OP OPER G 03 Not Configured CONT OP OPER G 04 Not Configured CONT OP OPER G 05 Not Configured CONT OP OPER G 06 Not Configured CONT OP OPER G 07 Not Configured CONT OP OPER G 08 Not Configured CONT OP RESET F 01 CONT OP RESET F 02 Not Configured Not Configured CONT OP RESET F 03 Not Configured CONT OP RESET F 04 Not Configured CONT OP RESET F 05 Not Configured CONT OP RESET F 06 Not Configured CONT OP RESET F 07 Not Configured CONT OP RESET F 08 CONT OP RESET G 01 CONT OP RESET G 02 Not Configured Not Configured Not Configured CONT OP RESET G 03 Not Configured CONT OP RESET G 04 Not Configured CONT OP RESET G 05 Not Configured CONT OP RESET G 06 Not Configured CONT OP RESET G 07 Not Configured CONT OP RESET G 08 GEK 113000T Not Configured F650 Digital Bay Controller C 21 C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION APPENDIXC SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATIONSLEDS LED ID LED NAME SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC LEDO1 TRIP VO 083 GENERAL TRIP LEDO2 50 51P TRIP VO 019 PHASE OVERCURRENT TRIP LEDO3 50 51G TRIP VO_069_GROUND_OVERCURRENT_TRIP LEDO4 27 TRIP VO 073 27P TRIP LEDO5 59 TRIP VO_074_59P_TRIP LEDO6 PICKUP VO_085_GENERAL_PKP LEDO7 50 51P PICKUP VO_007_PHASE_OVERCU
59. Operation8 TRIGGER OSCILLO INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT 500 CHANNELS ALL C 30 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION OPERATIONS OPERATION OPERATION TEXT SETTINGS VALUE SOURCE INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured FRONT KEY Not configured Operation9 Not configured INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT Not configured CHANNELS Not configured INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured FRONT KEY Not configured INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT Not configured CHANNELS Not configured INTERLOCK LOGIC Not configured FINAL STATES AND LOGIC Not configured FRONT KEY Not configured Operation24 Not configured INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT Not configured CHANNELS Not configured SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION EVENTS EVENT NAME SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC EV1 Not Configured EV2 Not Configured EV128 Not Configured SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION gt SWITCHGEAR SWITCHGEAR SETTING VALUE SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC CONTACTS 52b OPENING TIME 1000 CLOSING TIME 1000 CONTACT A SOURCE N A CONTACT B SOURCE CONT IP CC1 52b CC1 OPEN TEXT 52 OPEN ALA
60. Outputs LEDs Configuration of contact output operate and reset signals for all boards 15 LEDs fully configurable from any logical variable contact or virtual input First 5 LEDs are latched by hardware the rest are self reset but can be latched through PLC configuration From the LED configuration Screen it is possible to print the vertical LED label for the relay Operations Configurable operations up to 24 Operation texts interlocks final states frontal keys time outs and masters Protection Elements This tab allows assigning operands logic signals as inputs to different protection elements To block reset initiate the different protection elements inputs Oscillography Trigger and up to 16 digital channels to be included in oscillography records are programmable from any logical variable contact or virtual input Text configuration is only for off line mode NOTE This screen is used for the configuration of digital channels and oscillography trigger The rest of parameters such as function enabling disabling sampling rate number of oscillography files etc must be set on the Setpoint Product Setup gt Oscillography menu Control Events Up to 128 user programmable events from any logical variable contact or virtual input Possibility to display the event as an alarm on the alarms panel Control events are also displayed in the snapshot events recording 1 ms time tagging A control event
61. PROGRAM FOLDER 13 To finish with the installation process select the desired language for startup Ener ista 650 Setup InstallShield Wizard Select language Install ek aeo Figure 1 14 LANGUAGE WINDOW 1 14 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 1 GETTING STARTED 1 3 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE 14 Click Finish to end the installation The F650 device will be added to the list of installed IEDs in the EnerVista Launchpad window as shown below 5 Launchpad GE Multilin LAUNCH PAD E THE MII Family Figure 1 15 ENERVISTA LAUNCHPAD 1 3 3 CONNECTING ENERVISTA 650 SETUP WITH F650 This section is intended as a quick start guide to using the EnerVista 650 Setup software Please refer to section 4 1 in this manual for more information about the EnerVista 650 Setup software interface a CONFIGURING AN ETHERNET CONNECTION Before starting verify that the Ethernet network cable is properly connected to the Ethernet port on the back of the relay 1 Install and start the latest version of the EnerVista 650 Setup software available from the GE EnerVista CD or online from http www GEindustrial com multilin see previous section for installation instructions 2 Goto Communication gt Computer and enter the following data referring to communications 3 Select Control Type as MODBUS TCP IP from the drop down list This option will display a number o
62. ROTORS BLK Locked rotor element block Group LOCKED ROTORS PKP Locked rotor element pickup Group LOCKED ROTOR3 OP JLocked rotor element operation Group Autorecloser GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller A 31 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Pulse Counters Analog comparators Load Encroachment A 32 PulseCntr Value 1 Pulse counter element value Group 1 PulseCntr Value 2 Pulse counter element value Group 2 PulseCntr Value 8 Pulse counter element value Group 8 PulseCntr Freeze 1 Pulse counter element freeze value Group 1 PulseCntr Freeze 2 Pulse counter element freeze value Group 2 PulseCntr Freeze 8 Analog Level 01 Pulse counter element freeze value Group 8 Analog comparator element level Group 1 Analog Level 02 Analog comparator element level Group 2 Analog Level 20 LOAD ENCR1 BLK Analog comparator element level Group 20 Load Encroachment element block Group 1 LOAD ENCR1 PKP Load Encroachment element pickup Group 1 LOAD ENCR1 OP Load Encroachment element operation Group 1 LOAD ENCR2 BLK LOAD ENCR2 PKP Load Encroachment element block Group 2 Load Encroachment element pickup Group 2 LOAD ENCR2 OP Load Encroachment element operation Group 2 LOAD ENCR3 BLK Load Encroachment eleme
63. SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES Table 3 17 ACTUAL VALUES INCLUDED IN THE PROTECTION MENU This screen shows all the protection element blocks available Protection elements block signals can be configured at Setpoint gt Relay Configuration gt Protection Elements Protection status signals pickups and operations for time overcurrent instantaneous overcurrent and directional protection functions for phase current Protection status signals pickups and operations for time overcurrent instantaneous overcurrent and directional protection functions for neutral current calculated from phases Protection status signals pickups and operations for time overcurrent instantaneous overcurrent and directional protection functions for ground current measured from 4 current input Protection status signals pickups and operations for time overcurrent instantaneous overcurrent isolated and directional protection functions for ground current measured from 5 current input Protection status signals pickups and operations for negative sequence time overcurrent function Protection status signals for thermal model Reset alarm and operation signals for phases and for unit besides the thermal image values in percentage for all phases and units Protection status signals pickups and operations for all voltage functions undervoltage overvoltage neutral overvoltage negative sequence overvoltage and auxiliary under and o
64. Shots 1 N A 1 4 Dead time 1 Dead Time 1 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Dead time 2 Dead Time 2 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Dead time 3 Dead Time 3 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Dead time 4 Dead Time 4 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reclaim time or reset lockout delay Reclaim Time 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reclose conditions permission Cond Permission DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Hold time Hold Time 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Time 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 15 C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS APPENDIX C SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE USE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Supervision retrip pickup level Supervision Pickup 1 00 0 01A 0 05 160 00 Hiset pickup level Hiset Pickup 5 00 0 01 A 0 05 160 00 Lowset pickup level Lowset Pickup 2 00 0 01A 0 05 160 00 Internal arc pickup level Internal Arc Pickup 0 10 0 01A 0 05 160 00 Internal arc time delay Internal Arc Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Retrip time delay Supervision Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Hiset time delay HiSet Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Lowset time delay LowSet Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Second stage time delay 2nd Step Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 WITHOUT current element time delay
65. TIMES S LEVEL VOLTAGE EXPECTED ADMISSIBLE 27P VI DEFINITE 50 2 55 V NO TRIP NA 45 V 2 000sec 2 000 2 100 Set the relay as follows Set the relay to trip for the protection element being tested Configure any protection element being tested 6 13 2 27X ELEMENT of the outputs to be activated only by the GENERAL SETTINGS Auxiliary Voltage VX AUXILIARY UV 27X Function ENABLED Pickup Level 50V Curve DEFINITE TIME Delay 2 00 sec Apply voltage as indicated on the table over the undervoltage setting level and verify that the relay does not trip Decrease voltage level gradually and verify that the relay trips for the set voltage with an admissible error of 5 ELEMENT INPUT CURVE PICKUP DELAY APPLIED TRIPPING TIME S LEVEL VOLTAGE EXPECTED ADMISSIBLE 27X VX DEFINITE 50 V 2 55 V NO TRIP TIME 45V 2 000sec 2 000 2 100 6 18 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 14 OVERVOLTAGE ELEMENTS 59P 59X 59NH 59NL 47 6 14 1 59P ELEMENT Set the relay to trip for the protection element being tested Configure any of the outputs to be activated only by the protection element being tested Set the relay as follows PHSE OV 59P Function ENABLED Pickup Level 120 V Trip Delay 2 00 Reset Delay 0 00 Logic ANY PHASE Apply voltage as indica
66. User programmable User programmable User programmable ESC Escape key When pressed during more than 3 seconds it will test all LEDs and reset the trip LEDs Rotary knob or Shuttle Key it can be both rotated and pressed Used for selecting menus submenus settings and for confirmation Press or rotate the shuttle key to enter the text main menu from the text standby screen Figure 3 15 KEYPAD AND SHUTTLE KEY DESCRIPTION 000000 3 32 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 2 3 2 COMMAND PUSH BUTTON The unit incorporates a command pushbutton located at the bottom right side of the faceplate with three options local remote and off The first option LOCAL allows executing operations in local mode HMI front RS232 port and rear port The second option REMOTE allows operation execution only through remote communications COM1 and Ethernet The third option OFF blocks the execution of operations Each position is identified with an LED indicator as follows LOCAL operations green REMOTE operations green e OFF red Press the command button to switch from local to remote operations mode and vice versa OFF status operation inhibited for maintenance and safety can be reach pressing the commands pushbutton during several seconds local remote off sequence The local remote o
67. address 192 168 37 177 Netmask 255 255 255 0 and Gateway 192 168 37 10 The computer settings have to follow the pattern IP address 192 168 37 XXX Netmask 255 255 255 0 and Gateway 192 168 37 10 if desired XXX is a number between 0 and 255 that is not assigned to any other device to avoid collisions If there are not TCP IP settings according to this pattern in the computer it should be added in order to communicate with the relay following these steps Go to the Control Panel of the computer and select the Network option the name of this option may depend on the PC boot code Control Panel Help 51 Control Panel 5 Accessibility Options E Fonts 35 Configuration Add Remove Programs Internet Options Card PCMCIA B squeda r pida Se Keyboard 7 Potts lS Console Livellpdate il Printers Modems Regional Settings V Mouse SESI Adapters A Multimedia S Server DS Networki Services DDBC DI Sources Sounds Configures network hardware ahd software Figure 5 2 NETWORK IN CONTROL PANEL In Network enter in Protocols select TCP IP protocol and click on Properties GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 5 3 5 1 INTRODUCTION 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE Microsoft TCP IP Properties 1 Figure 5 3 TCP IP PROPERTIES In the IP address tab select Advanced see Figure 5 3 and add a n
68. and change of Binary Input Block 1 CTL EVENTS 1 16 N A See DNP note2 Size customization and change of DNP Binary Inputs point list Size customization and change of DNP Binary Inputs point list Binary Input Block 2 Binary Input Block 3 CTL EVENTS 17 32 CTL EVENTS 33 48 N A N A See DNP note2 See DNP note2 Size customization and change of DNP Binary Inputs point list Binary Input Block 4 CTL EVENTS 49 64 N A See DNP note2 Size customization and change of DNP Binary Inputs point list Binary Input Block 5 CTL EVENTS 65 80 N A See DNP note2 Size customization and change of DNP Binary Inputs point list Size customization and change of Binary Input Block 6 CTL EVENTS 81 96 N A See DNP note2 DNP Binary Inputs point list BNP Biber nmute polit let Binary Input Block 7 EVENTS 97 See DNP note2 BNP 0 Binary Input Blocks C4 EVENTS 113 See DNP note2 11 Se 0 Binary Input Block 9 SWITCHGEAR 1 8 N A See DNP note2 Size customization and change of Binary Input Block 10 9 See DNP note2 DNP NOTES Note 1 Scale Factor Note that a scale factor of 0 1 is equivalent to a multiplier of 10 i e the value will be 10 times Note 2 Binary Input Block Selection NOT USED CTL EVENTS 1 16 CTL EVENTS 17 32 CTL EVENTS 33 48 CTL
69. are delay angles where a balanced ABC system would be composed by CHANNEL APPLIED VOLTAGE V ANGLE VI 65 0 VII 65 120 VIII 65 240 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 21 6 15 FREQUENCY ELEMENTS 810 81U 6 COMMISSIONING Set the relay to trip for the protection element being tested Configure any of the outputs to be activated only by the protection element being tested Set the relay as follows GENERAL SETTINGS Nominal Frequency 50 Hz ELEMENT SETTINGS FREQUENCY 81 81U 810 Function ENABLED ENABLED Pickup Level 47 50 Hz 52 50 Hz Trip Delay 2 00 sec 2 00 sec Reset Delay 0 00 sec 0 00 sec Minimum Voltage 30 V 30 V Apply voltage as indicated on the table modifying frequency from the maximum threshold 48 Hz to the minimum 46 Hz for 81U and from the minimum 52 Hz to the maximum 54 Hz for 810 in steps of 10 mHz Verify that the relay trips at the set frequency in the corresponding element with an error of 396 50 mHz Apply a voltage that is lower than the Minimum Voltage setting with a frequency under 81U or over 810 the setting and verify that the relay does not trip ELEMENTS PHASE PICKUP LEVEL TRIP DELAY APPLIED FREQUENCY TRIPPING TIME S HZ SECONDS VOLTAGE V THRESHOLDS EXPECTED ADMISSIBLE 81U VII 47 5 2 80 48 Hz No trip NA 46Hz BR M923 25 46 Hz No trip NA 810 VII 52 5 2 80 52Hz No trip
70. block Group 1 NEUTRAL TOC1 PKP Neutral timed overcurrent element pickup Group 1 NEUTRAL TOC1 OP Neutral timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 1 NEUTRAL TOC2 BLOCK Neutral timed overcurrent element block Group 2 Neutral TOC NEUTRAL TOC2 PKP Neutral timed overcurrent element pickup Group 2 NEUTRAL TOC2 OP Neutral timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 2 NEUTRAL TOC3 BLOCK Neutral timed overcurrent element block Group 3 NEUTRAL TOC3 PKP Neutral timed overcurrent element pickup Group 3 NEUTRAL TOC3 OP Neutral timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 3 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller A 19 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT GROUND TOC1 BLOCK Ground timed overcurrent element block Group 1 GROUND TOC1 PKP Ground timed overcurrent element pickup Group 1 GROUND 1 OP Ground timed overcurrent element operation trip Group GROUND TOC2 BLOCK Ground timed overcurrent element block Group 2 Ground TOC GROUND TOC2 PKP Ground timed overcurrent element pickup Group 2 GROUND TOC2 OP pene timed overcurrent element operation trip Group GROUND TOC3 BLOCK Ground timed overcurrent element block Group 3 GROUND TOC3 PKP Ground timed overcurrent element pickup Group 3 GROUND TOC3 OP Sd timed overcurrent element operation trip Group SENS GND TOC1 Sensitive ground timed o
71. communications 4 Enter the relay Slave Address Setpoint gt Product Setup Communication Settings gt ModBus Protocol menu in the Slave Address field The default value is 254 5 Enter the physical communications parameters Baudrate and parity settings from the Setpoint Product Setup Communication Settings Serial Ports menu in their respective fields Default values are 19200 for baudrate and none for parity 6 The Device has now been configured for RS232 communications Proceed to press the ON button to begin communicating 1 16 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 1 GETTING STARTED 1 4 650 HARDWARE 1 4 1 MOUNTING amp WIRING Please refer to Chapter 3 Hardware for detailed mounting and wiring instructions 1 4 2 650 COMMUNICATIONS The Enervista 650 Setup software communicates to the relay via the faceplate RS232 port or the rear RS485 Ethernet ports To communicate via the faceplate RS232 port a standard straight through serial cable is used The DB 9 male end is connected to the relay and the DB 9 or DB 25 female end is connected to the PC COM1 or COM port as described in Figure 1 16 To communicate through the F650 rear RS485 port from a PC RS232 port the GE Multilin RS232 RS485 converter box is required This device catalog number F485 connects to the computer using a straight through serial cable A shielded twisted pair 20 22 or 24 AWG according to American standards 0 25 0 34 or 0 5 mm2 ac
72. continue with the installation procedure AjEnerVista 650 Setup InstallShield Wizard E 650 sere EnerVista 650 Setup InstallShield Wizard S GE Multilin Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for EneiVista 650 Setup The InstallShield Wizard will install EnerVista 650 Setup on your computer To continue click Next Figure 1 11 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP INSTALLATION 11 When the Choose Destination Location window appears and if the software is not to be located in the default directory click Change and type in the complete path name including the new directory name and click Next to continue with the installation procedure EnerVista 650 Setup InstallShield Wizard 4 Choose Destination Location Sel ap will install files Install Er CAGE Pi Cancel Figure 1 12 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP INSTALLATION CONT GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 13 1 3 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE 1 GETTING STARTED 12 The default program group where the application will be added to is shown in the Selected Program Folder window Click Next to begin the installation process and all the necessary program files will be copied into the chosen directory Select Program Folder nt Agent for Windows NT ArcSoft Software Autodesk Volo View Herramientas administrativas Herramientas de Microsoft Office HP PhotoSmart Inicio Traxdata PresslT Applications InstallShield Figure 1 13 SELECT
73. element operation Group 2 Ier PHAR Neutral directional element block input signal Group 3 NEUTRAL DIR3 BLOCK Neutral directional element blocked Group 3 NEUTRAL DIR3 OP Neutral directional element operation Group 3 A 22 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT GROUND DIR1 BLK INP Ground directional element block input signal Group 1 GROUND DIR1 BLOCK Ground directional element blocked Group 1 GROUND DIR1 OP Ground directional element operation Group 1 GROUND DIR2 BLK INP Ground directional element block input signal Group 2 Ground Directional GROUND DIR2 BLOCK Ground directional element blocked Group 2 GROUND DIR2 OP Ground directional element operation Group 2 GROUND DIR3 BLK INP Ground directional element block input signal Group 3 GROUND DIR3 BLOCK Ground directional element blocked Group GROUND DIR3 OP Ground directional element operation Group 3 SENS GND DIR1 BLK IP Sensitive ground directional element block input Group 1 SCR M DIRI Sensitive Ground directional element block Group 1 SENS GND DIR1 OP Sensitive Ground directional element operation Group 1 SENS GND DIR2 BLK IP Sensitive ground directional element block input Group 2 Sensitive Ground Directional BEC AND Sensitive Ground directional element block Group 2 SENS GND DIR2 OP Sensitive Ground direct
74. from the relay front the operation description text will be displayed Example of commands operations executions via HMI Change Settings Date amp Time Press the shuttle key in the menu commands when it is selected in the display L1 a Commands Password ENTER ESCAPE Command CLOSE BREAKER All the previously configured commands will be displayed Rotate the shuttle key move through the available commands Press ESC to return to previous level Command OPEN BREAKER Press shuttle key to pre select the operation to be executed ENTER ESCAPE Push Intro for When the message Push Enter for Confirmation appears press the shuttle key to Confirmation confirm the commands that will be performed ENTER ESCAPE Command Once the commands has been performed or the time out has expired the Completed Command completed message will appear in the display Figure 3 23 COMMANDS IN HMI 3 48 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 2 5 10 PASSWORDS F650 units incorporate independent passwords for protection and control in order to prevent unauthorized keypad and display access to the relay Settings Password This password allows restricting access to settings changes in the relay protection elements Commands Password This password is required for executing operation commands through the keypad and d
75. function level high for phase A Third line Status of the displayed actual value Fourth Line Relative position in the menu it is the first value of 114 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 37 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES Phase Current PH IOC1 HIGH A PKP OFF 1 114 Figure 3 18 ACTUAL VALUES SCREEN DATA In the Actual Values menus are different types of data each type of data will display its particular status type on and off 0 or 1 ok or fail analog values etc 3 38 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 2 5 4 SNAPSHOT EVENTS To enter this menu press the shuttle key when the option Snapshot events is selected in main menu In this menu all the snapshot events stored can be displayed Snapshot events are changes in the relay internal status One snapshot event is displayed in two text screens The first screen display the status date and time of the snapshot event the snapshot event identifier its status event number and the date and time of the occurrence If the snapshot event identifier does not fit the first line the whole text will be shown using as well the second line alternating with the status and event number The second screen displays currents and voltages in primary values for that particular snapshot event la Ib Ic and lg for currents a
76. gt Time Hour Minutes Seconds After storing the value for Year Month will appear between brackets and can be modified Month Date Day lt Month gt Year Time Hour Minutes Seconds After storing the value for Month Day will appear between brackets and can be modified Day Date lt Day gt Month Year Time Hour Minutes Seconds After storing the value for Day Hour will appear between brackets and can be modified Hour Date Day Month Year Time lt Hour gt Minutes Seconds After storing the value for Hour Minutes will appear between brackets and can be modified Minute Date Day Month Year Time X Hour lt Minute gt Seconds After storing the value for Minutes Seconds will appear between brackets and can be modified Second Date Day Month Year Time Hour Minute lt Seconds gt Once this sequence is completed these values will remain stored in the relay and the display will show again the date at the bottom of the text screen Figure 3 22 CHANGE DATE AND TIME PROCEDURE IN HMI GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 47 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 5 9 COMMANDS Commands are configured using EnerVista 650 Setup and they can be executed using the pushbuttons on the relay front Using EnerVista 650 Setup software the user can configure up to 24 commands with a descriptive text When executing the operation
77. in a wavelength of 850nm what allows a less expensive electronic than the 1300 nm used in 100 BASE FX fiber transmission Using in both cases the same glass multimode fiber type the attenuation to 1300 nm is lower than the 850 nm ones this way the greater attenuation of the 100 Mbits is compensated There is another fiber standard the 100 BASE SX which uses 850 nm to 100 Mbits being compatible with the 10 BASE FL one although it sacrifices the maximum distance to 300 m Nowadays this standard has not had success among Ethernet equipment manufacturers and suppliers F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 7 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS 7 2 PROTECTION Q1 A1 Q2 A2 Q3 A3 04 4 05 5 Does the F650 support IRIG B signals Which type accuracy How many units may connected to the same source Yes the F650 includes an IRIG B input for all models including the basic ones It uses DC level format B Formats used are 0000 B0002 and 0003 Actual accuracy is 1 millisecond Internal sampling rate allows true 1 ms accuracy time tagging The input burden is very low The maximum number of units that may be connected to a generator depends on its output driving capability Up to 60 units have been successfully connected with equipments commonly used in the market Does the equipment work with dry inputs in both AC and DC The equipment works only with DC inputs Inputs should be driven with externa
78. in the PC using the relay serial number for instance as the name of the file GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 5 9 5 3 FIRMWARE VERSION UPGRADE 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE f Upgrade Firmware to 192 168 37 240 xil Status Please press upgrade firmware Upgrade Firmware Relay Serial Humber IP Address eo 17603 192 168 37 240 Order Code F650 2 2 6 1 6 F650MZDF2G1HI6 Figure 5 17 FIRMWARE SELECTION WINDOW When upgrading models with Enhanced protection and control functionality see ordering code selection the program will request a password in order to continue with the process zQ PASSWORD MODEL MAC Address IP Address 7 20117803 Serial No 114605 PASSWORD Cancelar Figure 5 18 PASSWORD FOR ENHANCED MODEL UPGRADE 5 10 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE 5 3 FIRMWARE VERSION UPGRADE This password can be obtained placing an order with GE Multilin The following parameters must be clearly indicated in the order Unit serial number Current model option before memory upgrade Desired model option after memory upgrade Unit MAC address available in the identification label Once the upgrade parameters have been entered press the Upgrade Firmware button When communication has been established the program will show a
79. incorrect Incorrect mac or serial number MAC Address and serial number any change in any of the following will need a password change e f the model has been modified to add or replace any boards or communication protocol the IEC 61850 passwords will need to be updated contact the factory EnerVista 650 Setup InstallShield Setup Initialization Error A previous installation of any product using InstallShield for installation may have corrupted some of the InstallShield files used in the EnerVista 650 Setup installation Delete or rename the 0701 folder located in C Program Files Common Files InstallShield Professional RunTi me and retry installation F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS AUTOCHECK INTERNAL STATES CRITICAL ommunication Error 0 Rignt communications DSP COMM ERROR between DSP and main processor 1 Communication Error between DSP and main processor Magnetic UE Error 0 Right Communication MAGNETIC MODULE between DSP and magnetic module processor 1 States Critical to metering and ERROR Communication Error between DSP and magnetic p module processor Calibration Error 0 Right calibration values stored 1 CALIBRATION ERROR The calibration values stored are out of the calibration limits Flash Internal States Critical to Relay configuration
80. input test can be modified in EnerVista 650 Setup software in Setpoint gt Inputs Outputs gt Contact l O Board X X will be substituted by the corresponding board F for board in first slot G for board in second slot H for board in first slot of CIO module J for board in second slot of CIO module Test settings for mixed board type 1 16 inputs and 8 outputs I O BOARD 1 MIXED Voltage Threshold A X 30V Voltage Threshold B X 40 V Debounce Time A X 5ms Debounce Time B X 5ms Input Type X CC1 CC1 POSITIVE Input Type X CC16 CC16 POSITIVE The inputs test is completed by groups of 8 inputs as this type of board has 2 groups of 8 inputs with the same common For the first 8 inputs the voltage threshold setting is determined by Voltage Threshold A For the next 8 inputs the setting is Voltage Threshold B Inputs or contact converters CC1 CC16 must also be set to POSITIVE Test settings for mixed board type 2 8 digital inputs 4 blocks for supervision and 8 outputs BOARD TYPE 2 SUPERVISION Voltage Threshold A X 30V Voltage Threshold B X 40 V Debounce Time A X 5ms Debounce Time B X 5ms Input Type X CC1 CC1 POSITIVE Input Type X CC8 CC8 POSITIVE The inputs test is completed by groups of 4 inputs as this type of board has 2 groups of 4 inputs with the same common For the first 4 inputs the voltage threshold setting is det
81. level 2 Group 1 DIR PWR1 STG2 OP Directional Power element operation level 2 Group 1 DIR PWR1 STG PKP Directional power element pickup Group 1 DIR PWR1 STG OP Directional Power element operation Group 1 DIR PWR2 BLOCK Directional power element block Group 2 DIR PWR2 STG1 PKP Directional Power element pickup level 1 Group 2 DIR PWR2 STG1 OP Directional Power element operation level 1 Group 2 Directional Power DIR PWR2 STG2 PKP Directional Power element pickup level 2 Group 2 DIR PWR2 STG2 OP Directional Power element operation level 2 Group 2 DIR PWR2 STG PKP Directional power element pickup Group 2 DIR PWR2 STG OP Directional Power element operation Group 2 DIR PWR3 BLOCK Directional power element block Group 3 DIR PWR3 STG1 PKP Directional Power element pickup level 1 Group 3 DIR PWR3 STG1 OP Directional Power element operation level 1 Group 3 DIR PWR3 STG2 PKP Directional Power element pickup level 2 Group DIR PWR3 STG2 OP Directional Power element operation level 2 Group 3 DIR PWR3 STG PKP Directional power element pickup Group 3 DIR PWR3 STG OP Directional Power element operation Group 3 LOCKED ROTOR 1 BLK Locked rotor element block Group 1 LOCKED ROTOR 1 PKP Locked rotor element pickup Group 1 LOCKED ROTOR 1 OP Locked rotor element operation Group 1 LOCKED ROTOR2 BLK Locked rotor element block Group 2 Locked Rotor LOCKED ROTOR2 PKP Locked rotor element pickup Group 2 LOCKED ROTOR2 Locked rotor element operation Group 2 LOCKED
82. overcurrent 50N Neutral directional unit 67N Voltage current and dual polarization GROUND CURRENT Ground TOC Ground time overcurrent 51G Ground Ground instantaneous overcurrent 50G Ground Directional Ground directional unit 67G Voltage current and dual polarization Sensitive ground time overcurrent 51SG Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent 50SG Isolated ground overcurrent 5016 Sensitive ground directional unit 67SG Negative sequence time overcurrent 46P Phase undervoltage 27P Phase overvoltage 59P Neutral overvoltage high level 59NH Neutral overvoltage low level 59NL Negative sequence overvoltage 47 Auxiliary overvoltage 59X Auxiliary undervoltage 27X SENSITIVE GROUND CURRENT Sensitive Ground TOC Sensitive Ground IOC Isolated Ground IOC Sensitive Ground Directional NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT Negative Sequence TOC VOLTAGE ELEMENTS Phase UV Phase OV Neutral OV High Neutral OV Low Negative Sequence OV Auxiliary OV Auxiliary UV POWER 3 18 Forward Power Forward power 32FP in primary values Directional Power Watt Gnd Fit High Directional power 32 in primary values Wattmetric ground fault high 32N High in secondary values Watt Gnd Fit Low Wattmetric ground fault low 32N Low in secondary values
83. phase A 12 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Phase IOC Low GEK 113000T PH IOC1 LOW A BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low level Group 1 phase A PH IOC1 LOW B BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low level Group 1 phase B PH IOC1 LOW C BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low level Group 1 phase C PH IOC1 LOW A PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low level Group 1 phase A PH IOC1 LOW A OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 1 phase A PH IOC1 LOW B PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low level Group 1 phase B PH IOC1 LOW B OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 1 phase B PH IOC1 LOW C PKP PH IOC1 LOW C OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low level Group 1 phase C Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 1 phase C PH IOC1 LOW PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low level Group 1 any phase PH IOC1 LOW OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 1 any phase PH IOC2 LOW A BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low level Group 2 phase A PH IOC2 LOW B BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Lo
84. port assigned to the Physical Port NONE N A COM1 COM2 NETWORK DNP slave address Address 255 N A 0 65534 ui aue I Addr Clienti 0 N A 0 255 2nd Octect of IP address eT ONE ip Addr Clientt 0 N A 0 255 3nd Octect of IP address of DNP b Adar Clienti Oct3 0 N A 0 255 ath Octect of IP address of DNP IP Adar Clienti Oct4 0 N A 0 255 2 74 22 Addr Client2 0 0 255 2nd Octect of IP address of DNP IP Adar Client2 Oct2 0 N A 0 255 and Octect of IP address of DNP IP Adar Client2 Oct3 0 N A 0 255 Addr Client2 Oct4 0 N A 0 255 1st Octect OP IF address of DNP Addr Client3 Oct 0 N A 0 255 2nd Octect of IP address of DNP P Adar Client3 Oct2 0 N A 0 255 3nd Octect of IP address lip Addr Client3 Oct3 0 N A 0 255 ics address of DNB IP Addr Client3 Oct4 0 N A 0 255 Addr Client4 0 0 255 2nd Octect of IP address ofDNP lip Addr Client4 0 N A 0 255 3nd Octect of IP address of DNP lip Adar Client4 Oct3 0 N A 0 255 aud en abies of DNF Addr Client4 Oct4 0 N A 0 255 727 Addr Clients 0 N A 0 255 2nd Octect of IP address of DNP IP Addr Clients Oct2 0 N A 0 255 3nd Octect of IP address of DNP NIP Adar Client5 Oct3 0 N A 0 255 Addr Clients Oct4 0 N A 0 255 TOP UDP port number for DNP over rep bP Port 20000 N A 0 65535 Unsolicited response
85. to 8 0 000 to 65000 000 in steps of 0 001 0 to 1000000 in steps of 1 All available input outputs boards in the device See ordering code F G H J up to 32 depending on the board type selection Any analog value available in the device 100000 000 to 100000 000 in steps of 0 001 100000 000 to 100000 000 in steps of 0 001 0 00 to 900 00 in steps of 0 01 0 0 to 50 00 in steps of 0 1 IN or OUT GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 4 2 9 FREQUENCY RATE OF CHANGE df dt trend df dt pickup level df dt level accuracy Overvoltage supv 95 settling time for df dt Operate time at 2 x pickup at 3 x pickup at 5 x pickup Frequency Rate min Frequency Rate max Frequency Rate delay Snapshot Events 2 4 2 10 LOAD ENCROACHMENT Responds to Minimum voltage Reach sec Impedance accuracy Angle Angle accuracy Pickup delay Reset delay Time accuracy Operate time Snapshot Events 2 4 2 11 BREAKER SETTINGS Number of Switchgear Maximum KI t integration Time Maximum openings Maximum Openings in one hour Snapshot Events GEK 113000T increasing decreasing bi directional 0 10 to 10 00 Hz s in steps of 0 01 80 mHz s or 3 595 whichever is greater 0 00 to 110 00 in steps of 0 01 24 cycles 12 cycles 8 cycles 6 cycles 20 00 to 80 00 Hz in steps of 0 01 20 00 to 80 00 Hz in steps of 0 01 0 00 to 60 00 s in steps of 0 01 Selectable by setting Positiv
86. um ModBus TCP IP DNP over TCP IP and UDP IP IEC 61850 Http ftp tftp allow the use of a standard Internet browser 1 65 km 10 ms Typical 2kV In Models C and D the 10 100BaseTX port is selected by an internal switch see 3 3 3 Two witness LED s for transmission and reception are included 2 28 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 4 11 OPTIC FEATURES Wave length 1300nm Connector types ST package style Fiber type multimode 62 5 125 um or 50 125 um TRANSMITTER CHARACTERISTICS Parameter Min Typ Max Reference Output Optical Power BOL 19 14 dBm avg Note 1 62 5 125 um NA 0 275 Fiber EOL 20 Output Optical Power BOL 22 5 14 dBm avg Note 1 50 125 um NA 0 275 Fiber EOL 23 5 Output Optical Power at 45 dBm avg Note 2 Logic 0 State RECEIVER CHARACTERISTICS Parameter Min Typ Max Reference Input Optical Power 33 9 31 dBm avg Note 3 Minimum at Window Edge Input Optical Power 35 2 31 8 avg Note 4 Minimum at Eye Center Input Optical Power Maximum 14 dBm avg Note 3 Notes 1 These optical power values are measured with the following conditions The Beginning of Live BOL to the End of Life EOL optical power degradation is typically 1 5 dB per industry convention for long wavelength LEDs The actual degradation observed in Agilent s 13
87. voltage and zero sequence voltage values all of them in primary values Vab 0 000 Vbc 0 000 Vca 0 000 VO 0 000 Figure 3 25 DEFAULT METERING SCREEN All This option alternates in time the two previous options GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 51 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 5 12 SELECT LANGUAGE Option only available for versions 1 70 or higher The relay display offers the possibility to select the default language for the relay For this purpose the user must access the Select language menu located at the end of the main menu through the HMI This menu allows the user to set the default language of the relay between English always available and second language selected in the relay model For example one relay in French language e g Fe50MZDF2G1HIRF can be displayed in French or in English only by changing the language setting in HMI It is necessary to switch off and on the relay to start working with the new language configuration in the relay In EnerVista 650 Setup it is possible to select the language for the software View gt Languages Example of language selection in HMI cie Press the shuttle key to enter the select language menu asswor Select Main Screen Depending on the relay model there will be available different kind of language Select Language selections English French English Russian etc ENTER ESCAPE a English
88. will access all the metering values contained in the metering screen of the considered event ESC Prev If the user presses the ESC key from the event detail screen the system will return to the all events screen 3 56 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI L R Scroll Rotating the shuttle key left L or right R moves among all the events contained in the all events screen allowing a preview of the details for each of them AT When this option is selected the system marks the event where the cursor is located A relative time stamp is performed in such a way that the selected event marked with an asterisk between the time and the event name is set with a relative time of 00 00 00 000 on the top line of the event screen together with its relative index and the rest of events in the screen will show a date time that relates to the marked event This operation mode allows a quick inspection of the relative time passed between several events which is very useful for analyzing events in the field The corresponding legend to this relative event marking screen is as follows Esc Out At Intro Tag event Esc Out At The relative event marking is eliminated and the system returns to the general events screen Intro Tag event If the user places the cursor on a different event by rotating the shuttle key left or right pressing the shutt
89. 00 0 01MW 10000 00 10000 00 Trip time for stage 1 Stage 1 Time 60 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Directional Angle for stage 2 Dir Power Angle 2 0 00 1 Deg 0 00 359 99 Pickup level for stage 2 Stage 2 Tap 20 00 0 01MW 10000 00 10000 00 Trip time for stage 2 Stage 2 Time 60 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE EE Setting Grouping Permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Active Group Active Group GROUP 1 N A E 3 GROUP 2 Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE ATE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup level Pickup Level 49 50 0 01 Hz 20 00 65 00 Trip time Trip Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Minimum voltage threshold Minimum Voltage 30 1V 30 300 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP MAS Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup level Pickup Level 50 50 0 01 Hz 20 00 65
90. 00nm LED products is 1 dB as specified in this data sheet Over the specified operating voltage and temperature ranges With HALT Line State 12 5 MHz square wave input signal At the end of one meter of noted optical fiber with cladding modes removed The average power value can be converted to a peak power value by adding 3 dB Higher output optical power transmitters are available on special request The transmitter provides compliance with the need for Transmit Disable commands from the FDDI SMT layer by providing an Output Optical Power level of 45 dBm average in response to a logic 0 input This specification applies to either 62 5 125 um or 50 125 um fiber cables This specification is intended to indicate the performance of the receiver section of the transceiver when Input Optical Power signal characteristics are present per the following definitions The Input Optical Power dynamic range from the minimum level with a window time width to the maximum level is the range over which the receiver is guaranteed to provide output data with a Bit Error Ratio BER better than or equal to 2 5e 10 At the Beginning of Life BOL Over the specified operating temperature and voltage ranges All conditions for Note 3 apply except that the measurement is made at the center of the symbol with no window time width GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 29 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 12 ENVIRONMEN
91. 1 CHANGE SETTINGS PROCEDURE IN HMI 3 46 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 2 5 8 DATE amp TIME The Date amp Time menu will show the relay date and time information in the following format Date Day Month Year Time Hour Minutes Seconds To modify date and time press the shuttle key The relay will show the year between brackets at the top of the screen By rotating the shuttle key reach the desired value for the year and press the shuttle key to select and store that value After the year the relay will show the month Proceed as in the case of the year The date amp time modification sequence is as follows Fault report View settings Change settings a Date amp Time 07 Nov 2004 14 39 54 Year 07 lt 2004 gt 14 39 54 Month 07 lt Nov gt 2004 14 39 54 Day lt 07 gt Nov 2004 14 39 54 Hour 07 2004 lt 14 gt 39 54 Minute 07 2004 14 lt 39 gt 54 Second 07 2004 14 39 54 Rotate the shuttle key to select the Date and Time menu and press to enter in it The date and time data will appear in the format related above Pressing the shuttle key the year can be modified rotating the shuttle key after selecting the desired value press again the shuttle key to store the value Year Date Day Month lt Year
92. 10 2 20 4 00 4 10 1 82 4 00 4 10 2 0 3 00 1 8X 2 35 1 7X 2 35 1 6X 2 35 1 5X 2 30 1 4X 2 30 1 3X 2 30 1 2X 2 20 1 18 2 20 1 11 2 00 1 00 2 00 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 5 1 5 1 INTRODUCTION 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE NOTE A STEP LIST SUMMARY that will allow the user to control the upgrading process is included at the end of this section It is necessary to read chapter 5 before accomplishing the F650 UPGRADE PROCEDURE Be aware that boot program and firmware upgrades will erase all the data contained in the relay thus it is advisable to save all the data oscillography events settings and configuration files previously Backward compatibility of PLC projects settings and configuration files is not assured for versions older than 1 13 NOTE RELAYS WITH FIBER OPTIC ETHERNET The upgrade of the boot program BOOTCODE must be performed by crossed Ethernet copper cable connected to the PC It is not necessary to change the internal switch from fiber to RJ45 because the upgrade is made at 10Mb s This does not apply to the firmware upgrade which can be done either via Ethernet Fiber connection or through the RJ45 cable connection 5 1 1 COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS Before proceeding with the upgrade process the following points should be taken into account Type of Ethernet connection Upgrade requires Ethernet communications It is h
93. 120 230 Vac 96 Vac 250 Vac LO LOR 24 48 Vdc 20 Vdc 57 6 Vdc NOTE Codes HIR and LOR correspond to a redundant power supply GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 5 6 6 COMMUNICATIONS 6 COMMISSIONING Verify that available communication ports allow communication with the relay Ports to be checked are as follows Front RS232 Rear 2 x RS485 2 x Fiber Optic Serial 2 x Fiber Optic Ethernet 1 x RJ45 Ethernet A computer with EnerVista 650 Setup software and an appropriate connector must be used 6 6 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 7 VERIFICATION OF MEASUREMENT Set the relay as follows GENERAL SETTINGS NAME VALUE UNITS RANGE PHASE CT RATIO 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 GROUND CT RATIO 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 STV GROUND CT RATIO 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 PHASE VT RATIO 1 0 0 1 1 0 6000 0 PHASE VT CONNECTION WYE N A WYE DELTA NOMINAL VOLTAGE 100 V 0 1 1 2250 V NOMINAL FREQUENCY 50 Hz 1Hz 50 60 Hz PHASE ROTATION ABC N A ABC ACB FREQUENCY REFERENCE N A VI VII VIII AUXILIARY VOLTAGE VX N A VX VN NOTE ALL ANGLES INDICATED ARE LAGGING ANGLES ALL VALUES OBTAINED IN THIS TEST MUST BE THE ONES CORRESPONDING TO THE PHASOR ONES 6 7 1 VOLTAGES Apply the following voltage and frequency values to the relay CHANNEL ANGLE FREQUENCY 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz VI 0 0 5 50 100 150 275 VII 120 0 5 50 100 150 275 V
94. 16 A 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s lt 50 ms at 3 x Pickup at 50 Hz typically at 0 ms time delay no intentional delay 50ms at non zero time delay 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Selectable by setting Fundamental Phasor without harmonics 0 05 to 160 0 A in steps of 0 01 A 97 to 98 of the pickup level Values at nominal frequency 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10 A 11 596 of the reading for higher values IEEE extremely very moderately inverse IEC A B C long time inverse short time inverse curve IAC extremely very moderately inverse ANSI extremely very normally moderately inverse 121 Definite time Rectifier curve FlexCurve A B C D user curve 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Instantaneous or time delayed according to IEEE Operate at gt 1 03 times the pickup 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater 48 times the pickup level Selectable by setting 2 10 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 4 1 10 PHASE DIRECTIONAL 67P Directionality Polarizing Polarizing voltage threshold Current Sensitivity Threshold Characteristic angle Block Logic Angle accuracy Operate time 2 4 1 11 GROUND DIRECTIONAL 67G Directionality Polarizing Polarizing Voltage Polarizing Current Operating Current Polarizing Voltage threshold Polarizing Current
95. 16 configurable devices Status signals such as inputs for A and B contacts status for A and B open and close status error 00 and error 11 open init and close init fail to open and fail to close signals Internal states for calibration Factory calibration and calibration error signals Flex curve status for A B C and D user curves 0 if it is not configured 1 if it is configured To configure a flex curve go to Setpoint gt System Setup gt Flex Curves menu This screen can monitor the system parameters and the internal status of the Relay operative system Not enabled by default password required Information related to the different records stored in the Relay such as Fault reports control events oscillography data logger demand energy and breaker maintenance Information related to synchronization via IRIG_B or SNTP F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 23 PROTECTION CONTROL ELEMENTS Protection Blocks Phase Current Neutral Current Ground Current Sensitive Ground Current Negative Sequence Current Thermal Model Voltage Power Frequency Synchrocheck Autoreclose Breaker Failure VT Fuse Failure Broken Conductor Setting Groups Locked Rotor Pulse Counters Analog Comparator Load Encroachment F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES
96. 3 OP NOT GROUND TOC1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC6 51G BLOCK CC6 GROUND DIR1 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 7 GROUND TOC2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP F 6 51G BLOCK CC6 GROUND DIR2 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 7 GROUND TOC3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC6 51G BLOCK CC6 GROUND DIR3 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 7 SENS GND TOC1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR1 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 8 SENS GND TOC2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR2 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 8 SENS GND TOC3 BLOCK PHASE UV1 BLOCK PHASE UV2 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR3 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 8 GROUP 1 BLOCKED GROUP 2 BLOCKED PHASE UV3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED NEG SEQ OV1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED NEG SEQ OV2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 25 C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION APPENDIX C SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION gt PROTECTION ELEMENTS PROTECTION ELEMENT SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC NEG SEQ OV3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED THERMAL1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED THERMAL2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED THERMAL3 BLOCK PHASE DIR1 BLK INP GROUP 3 BLOCKED GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC4 67 BLOCK CCA LATCHED VIRT IP 9 PHASE DIR2 BLK INP GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC4 67 BLOCK CCA
97. 52 b terminals F17 F18 Coil 2 circuit supervision inputs and verify that they are activated Remove voltage from both inputs and verify that it takes them 500 ms to change state deactivate 6 8 4 LATCHING CIRCUITS Send a closing command to the latched contact F31 F33 Make circulate a current of 500 mA through the contact in series with the sensing terminal Send an opening command and verify that the contact does not open Interrupt current and check that the contact is released Repeat the test for the other latched contact F34 F36 6 10 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 9 CONNECTIONS FOR TESTING PROTECTION ELEMENTS Connect current sources to the relay according to the wiring diagram Current and voltage input terminals are as follows GEK 113000T PHASE CONNECTIONS Current IA B1 B2 IB B3 B4 IC B5 B6 IG B9 B10 ISG B11 B12 Voltage VI 5 6 VII A7 A8 VIII A9 A10 VX A11 A12 F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 11 6 10 INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT 50PH 50PL 50N 50G Y 50SG 6 COMMISSIONING Set the relay to trip for the protection element being tested Configure any of the outputs to be enabled only by the protection element being tested Apply 0 9 times the Pickup current and check that the relay does not trip Gradually increase the current value and verify that the relay operates between 1 and 1 1 times the set pickup current The rela
98. A 1 5 of the reading for higher values 13 596 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Selectable by setting 20 0 100 0 12 11 ratio in steps of 0 1 97 to 98 of the pickup level 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 13 596 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Selectable by setting 0 000 to 1 000 A in steps of 0 001 A Selectable by setting from 0 000 to 1 000 in steps of 0 001 A 2 17 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 2 6 LOCKED ROTOR 48 Current Input Rated current Full Load Current Pickup level Dropout level Level accuracy for primary magnitudes Trip delay Reset delay Operate time Timing accuracy Snapshot Events 2 4 2 7 PULSE COUNTERS Number of Pulse counters available Multiplier factor Overload factor Board Origin Input origin 2 4 2 8 ANALOG COMPARATORS Analog Input Analog Maximum Threshold value Analog Minimum Threshold value Analog Delay Analog Hysteresis Analog Direction for activation inside or outside the deadband 2 18 F650 Digital Bay Controller Phasor without harmonics or RMS For connection to 1 or 5 A CTs 0 10 to 10 00 kA in steps of 0 01 kA 1 01 to 109 00 in steps of 0 01 x FLC 97 to 98 of the pickup level 3 complete range 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 20 ms at 3 x Pickup at 50 Hz typically 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Selectable by setting Up
99. ACTUAL VALUES The Actual Values menu option in HMI concentrates and displays all the status of protection control elements metering counters information oscillography events fault locator etc Table 3 29 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF ACTUAL VALUES MAIN MENU Front Panel gt LEDs Status gt Operation Bits Breaker Protection gt Protection Blocks Phase Current Neutral Current Ground Current Sens Ground Current Neg Seq Current Thermal Model Voltage Power Control Elements Frequency Synchrocheck Autoreclose Breaker Failure enhanced models only VT Fuse Failure Broken Conductor Setting Groups Locked Rotor Pulse Counters Analog Comparators Load Encroachment Switchgear Status gt Switchgear 1 Switchgear Switchgear 16 Calibration Flex Curves System Info Records Status gt Fault Reports Control Events Oscillography Data logger Demand Energy Breaker Maintenan SNTP IRIG_B 3 36 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI Metering gt Primary Values gt Current Voltage Power Energy Demand Secondary Values Current Voltage Power Frequency Inputs Outputs gt Contact Inputs gt Board F Board G Board H Board J
100. AINTENANGE trt ette tae e ide be einen teda eines 1 18 2 1 OVERVIEW 244 25525 AA 2 1 2 2 SUMMARY 2 2 1 ANSI DEVICE NUMBERS AND 2 2 2 2 2 OTHER DEVICE 2 3 2 3 ORDERING CODE 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 244 PROTECTION ELEMENTS ate tut dein 2 6 242 CONTROL seseorg eedem iati i dedu teras 243 MONITORING 2 44 USER PROGRAMMABLE ELEMENTS eese 2 22 244 5 METERING tao tct eer rh ennt chan Rs cho 2 23 2 4 6 INPUTS T 247 RhEALTME GEOGK ete tette cates cet crine ri eere reete 2 26 248 OUTPUTS aeei data asa ee ettet ce teet citt rent bentes 2 26 2 4 9 CONTROL POWER SUPPLY 2 2 27 2 4 10 COMMUNIGATIONG n icit tatit tti enne pe han plains 2 27 24 11 OPTIC FEATURES tite itr hti telis 2 29 2 4 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS 2 30 2 4 13 PACKAGING AND WEIGHT 2 30 2 4 14 TYPE TESTS 2 5 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3d JNIBODUGTION into tette eie sentes ett 3 1 3 1 2 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE OVERVIEW 3 1 3 1 3 5 3 3 3 1 4 COMMUNICATION MENU 3 4 3 1 5
101. AL INJURY EQUIPMENT DAMAGE AND OR DOWNTIME CAUTION THE OPERATOR OF THIS INSTRUMENT IS ADVISED THAT IF THE EQUIPMENT IS USED IN A MANNER NOT SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL THE PROTECTION PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT MAY BE IMPAIRED Figure 1 1 FRONT VIEW OF F650 UNITS GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 1 1 1 IMPORTANT PROCEDURES 1 GETTING STARTED 1 1 1 1 COMMUNICATION BOARDS WITHDRAWAL INSERTION WARNING MODULE WITHDRAWAL AND INSERTION SHALL ONLY BE PERFORMED BY DULY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL FOR PERSONAL SECURITY PURPOSES BEFORE ACCOMPLISHING ANY WITHDRAWAL OR INSERTION OPERATION THE RELAY MUST BE POWERED OFF AND ALL THE REAR TERMINALS MUST BE POTENTIAL FREE THE RELAY MUST BE GROUNDED USING THE REAR GROUNDING SCREW The modular design of the relay allows for the withdrawal and insertion of the communication module Figure 1 2 shows the location of communication modules on the rear part of the relay Qualified personnel must carry out the insertion or extraction of the communication boards only after interrupting the relay auxiliary voltage and ensuring that all the rear terminals are potential free Communication boards are installed on the rear of the unit the upper port being reserved for the asynchronous communications board and CAN and the lower port for the ETHERNET board in any of its configurations Before performing any of these actions control power must be removed from the relay and all
102. ANNEL 1 JOS igi 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 2 Qsolllo raphy Digital channel 2 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 3 Qselllography Digital channel 3 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 4 Qseillography Digital channel 4 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 5 Qsoillography Digital channel 5 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 6 seillography Digital channel 6 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 7 Qseillography Digital channel 7 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 8 Qsoillo raphy Digital channel 8 1 Active 0 Not Oscillography States OSC DIG CHANNEL 9 Qscillography Digital channel 9 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 10 Qseillography Digital channel 10 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 11 Qscillography Digital channel 11 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 12 seillography Digital channel 12 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 13 2 Digital channel 13 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 14 Qsolllography Digital channel 14 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 15 Qsoillography Digital channel 15 1 Active 0 Not OSC DIG CHANNEL 16 Qseillography Digital channel 16 1 Active 0 Not OSCILLO TRIGGER Oscillo trigger activation 1 Active 0 Not active FAULT REPORT TRIGG Fault report trigger 1 Active 0 Not active Fault Report Fault locator CLEAR FAULT Fault report removal from HMI and ModBus volatile REPORTS mem
103. BLOCKED CONT IP 51 BLOCK CC3 PH TOC2 LOW B BLK PHASE DIR2 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP CC3 51 BLOCK CC3 PH TOC2 LOW C BLK PHASE DIR2 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 27 C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION APPENDIXC SETPOINT gt RELAY CONFIGURATION gt PROTECTION ELEMENTS PROTECTION ELEMENT SOURCE GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC3 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR3 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC3 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR3 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC3 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR3 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 6 SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC PH TOC3 LOW A BLK PH TOC3 LOW B BLK PH TOC3 LOW C BLK DIR PWR1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED DIR PWR2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED DIR PWR3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED LOCKED ROTOR1 BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED LOCKED ROTOR2 BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED LOCKED ROTOR3 BLK GROUP BLOCKED FREQ RATE1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED FREQ RATE2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED FREQ RATE3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED LOAD ENCR1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED LOAD ENCR2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED LOAD ENCR3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED 32N1 HIGH BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED 32N2 HIGH BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED 32N3 HIGH BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED 32N1 LOW BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED 32N2 LOW BLOCK
104. CTION Communications Cannot see properly the web server in F650 with Windows XP Some windows are in grey with a red cross mark Disabled Java options in Advanced Internet Explorer properties or high level of security 1 Go to Advanced in Internet options for Internet explorer and select the three selections in Microsoft VM Java Virtual Machine and deselect any other virtual machine not Microsoft for example SUN In case Microsoft VM is not installed in the computer the user must install it using the Microsoft VM installation program msjavx86 exe For internet explorer 6 0 or higher it is not included by default 2 Try to set a lower level of security in internet explorer options 3 Delete temporary internet files in General screen in internet explorer options Communication Enervista 650 Setup does not retrieve osc fault reports and Data Logger files Bad communication in TFTP using Windows 2000 Disable and Enable the Ethernet connection on Control Panel inside Windows 2000 Try again to retrieve files from relay Firmware and bootware upgrade Bootware The relay gets stuck during the upgrading process after switching off and on the relay giving the following error message ERROR Setting relay in configuration mode Retry The relay does not communicate via the front RS232 port To perform the bootware upgrading process it is necessary to connect t
105. Card Figure 3 32 INPUTS OUTPUTS GENERAL SCREEN The navigation legend on this screen is as follows Esc Prev Intro Menu L R Chg Card Esc Prev This option returns to the previous screen Alarms Panel Intro Menu This option provides access to the selected I O board menu This menu includes the following options next view test input test output As in previous screens to access the different options provided by the inputs outputs graphic menu the user must move the shuttle key left to right The selected option will be displayed in upper case and between brackets To access the selected option the shuttle key must be pressed GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 59 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES IO Card F Type 2 IN 8 Input ON OFF 8 Va COIL1 9 Vb COIL1 10 Va COIL2 11 Vb COIL2 12 Isense1 13 Isense1 14 SUP21 15 SUP22 gt VIEW lt test input test output Figure 3 33 INPUT OUTPUT VIEWING SCREEN lt NEXT gt This option brings the system back to the one line diagram lt VIEW gt This option shows the real status of all inputs and outputs in the selected board Depending on the type of board with or without supervision the screen will vary to get adapted to the characteristics of each board The first line of this screen shows the slot where the board is located F G or J and the type of board The view menu differentiates inputs an
106. D CONT IP F CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR3 B OP LATCHED VIRT IP 2 GROUP 3 BLOCKED NOT CONT IP F CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR3 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 23 C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION APPENDIXC SETPOINT gt RELAY CONFIGURATION gt PROTECTION ELEMENTS PROTECTION ELEMENT SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC NEUTRAL IOC1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED NEUTRAL DIR1 OP NOT NEUTRAL IOC2 BLOCK NEUTRAL IOC3 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED NEUTRAL DIR2 OP GROUP 3 BLOCKED NOT NEUTRAL DIR3 OP NOT GROUND IOC1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC5 50G BLOCK CC5 GROUND DIR1 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 3 GROUND IOC2 BLOCK GROUND IOC3 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC5 50G BLOCK CC5 GROUND DIR2 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 3 GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC5 50G BLOCK CC5 GROUND DIR3 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 3 SENS GND IOC1 BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR1 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 4 SENS GND IOC2 BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR2 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 4 SENS GND IOC3 BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKED SENS GND DIR3 OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 4 PH TOC1 HIGH A BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP_F_CC3 51P BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR1 A OP LATCHED VIRT IP 5 NOT PH TOC1 HIGH B BLK G
107. D Pickup Level Pickup Level 10 1V 8 300 Trip time Trip Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Operation logic Logic ANY PHASE N A We ee PHASES Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE SEDE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup Level Pickup Level 10 1V 3 300 Trip time Trip Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE hare Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup Level Pickup Level 10 1V 8 300 Trip time Trip Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE NUTS Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup Level Pickup Level 10 1V 3 300 Trip Time Trip Delay 10 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset Time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot Event genera
108. E ACCORDING TO THE MODEL OF THE RELAY PRESS UPGRADE FIRMWARE AND INITIATE THE UPGRADE PROCESS 0 TO COMPLETE THE PROCEDURE SWITCH OFF AND BACK ON THE RELAY WHEN REQUIRED BY THE PROGRAM 11 SET CALIBRATION SETTINGS FROM THE PC TO THE RELAY for versions lower than 1 50 12 THE SETTINGS AND CONFIGURATION ARE NOW SET TO FACTORY DEFAULT 13 SEND THE NEW SETTINGS AND CONFIGURATION FILES TO THE RELAY IF NECESSARY m 2250 5054250 0 The boot code upgrade must be performed using a crossed copper cable RJ45 connected to the PC It is not necessary to modify the internal fiber cable switch as the upgrade is carried out at 10 Mb s and thus there is not cable fiber conflict This fact does not apply to the firmware upgrade which can be performed either with the Ethernet fiber connection or with the cable connection Note Please see chapter 8 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE if there is any problem during the upgrading process 5 12 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 1 VISUAL INSPECTION Verify that the relay has not suffered any damage during transportation and that all screws are correctly fixed and all relay terminal boards are in good condition Verify that the information shown on the relay front plate corresponds to the data shown on the display and to the requested relay model Display information Firmware version F650 X XX amp KK Kernel version GENERAL ELECTRIC E650XXXX
109. E DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE SEES Pulse counter enabling setting CntPulses Enabled X DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Name of the pulse counter CntPulses Name X Pulse Counter 1 N A N A Multiplier factor for the pulse counter CntPulses Factor X 1 000 0 001 0 000 65000 000 Overflow value for the pulse counter CntPulses Overflow X 65535 1 0 1000000 CntPulses Board Board selection for the pulse counter Origin X F N A FE GH I Input index inside the selected board ae Input Origin 1 1 32 Note X is the pulse counter index up to 8 SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Generic Analog Function Permission Analog Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Generic Snapshot Events Generation 12109 Snapshot DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Analog Input Value Selection Analog Input X None N A All available analog values Analog Maximum Threshold Value Analog Maximum X 1 000 0 001 100000 000 100000 000 Analog Minimum Threshold Value Analog Minimum X 1 000 0 001 100000 000 100000 000 Analog Delay for Activation Signal Analog Delay X 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Analog Hysteresis for the Deadband Analog Hysteresis X 1 0 0 1 0 0 50 0 Analog Direction for Activation Inside irae i or Outside the Deadband Analog Direction X OUT N A IN OUT Note X is the analog comparator index up to 20 FREQUENCY RATE OF CHANGE 1 gt FREQUENCY RATE OF CHANGE 2 gt FREQUENCY RATE OF CHANGE 3
110. E UNIT COM1 Baud Rate 49200 COM2 Baud Rate 19200 Parity NONE VALUE UNIT IP Address Oct 0 0 255 IP amp ddress Oct2 D 0 255 IP Address Oct3 0 0 255 IP Address Oct4 D 0 255 Netmask 0 0 255 Netmask Oct2 D 0 255 Netmask Oct3 O 0 255 Netmask Oct4 D D 255 GatewayIP Od O D 255 GatevaylP Od2 D n 255 Gateway IP Oct3 D 0 255 GatevaylP Od4 0 0 255 SERIAL PORTS WETWORK ETHERNET 2 VALUE UNIT IP Address Oct 0 0 255 IP Address Oct2 o 0 255 Address Oct3 D D 255 IP Address o 0 255 Netmask Oct D D 255 Netmask Oct2 D D 255 Netmask Oct3 ofo 255 Netmask Oct4 0 0 255 Gateway IP Od 0 0 255 Gateway IP Od2 D D 255 Figure 3 8 PRINT PREVIEW OF SETTINGS FILE c PRINT In this option the program will print the relay configuration using the PC default active printer on port COMx or LPT This option is active only in off line mode in file edition and not in on line mode connected with the relay d PRINT TO FILE XLS Possibility to export the configuration file to an Excel file using the Print to file xls option 3 14 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 1 8 SETPOINT MENU OVERVIEW Table 3 5 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF SETPOINT MENU IN ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SETPOINT Prod
111. E2prom status 0 Not configured or problems during and stored data E2PROM STATUS writing process 1 Configured and OK Board F status 0 Inactive There is no communication BOARD F STATUS with the board 1 Active There is communication with the board BOARD G STATUS Board G status 10 Inactive There is no communication n with the board 1 Active There is communication with IO Board States Critical to operation and protection Board H status 0 Inactive There is no communication BOARD H STATUS i 1 Active There is communication with Inactive There is no communication BOARD J STATUS i Active There is communication with IEC61850 INTERNAL STATES NON CRITICAL UNKNOWN when the relay has not the IEC61850 proto col in the relay model the ICD status is unknow to the unit ICD ERROR There is an error in the ICD file and the relay ICD is not operative To solve this issue it is neces sary to send a correct ICD to the relay using the IEC61850 configurator tool When the ICD error is raised the IEC 61850 will not be operative the IEC 61850 cli ent reports and gooses will not work It is advisable to include the ICD ERROR in the main error signal config ured by the customers in their applications MODIFIED The settings have been changed in the icd but they are still not wrtten in the icd file in the relay IN PROGRESS The icd setting are being written to the file in the relay OK WITH
112. F RST VIRT IP 1 Latched virtual input 32 Self reset virtual input 1 SELF RST VIRT IP 2 Self reset virtual input 2 SELF RST VIRT IP 32 Self reset virtual input 32 CONT IP_X_CC1 Input 1 CC1 in Board X CONT IP X CC2 Input 2 CC2 in Board X CONT IP X CC16 CONT IP X CC1 Input 16 CC16 in Board X Input 1 CC1 in Board X CONT IP X CC2 Input 2 CC2 in Board X CONT IP X CC8 Input 8 CC8 in Board X CONT IP CC9 Va_COIL1 Contact Input 09 Va_COIL1 for slot X Input voltage Va detected Circuit 1 Complete circuit supervised CONT IP_X_CC10 Vb COIL1 CONT IP CC11 Va COIL2 Contact Input 10 Vb COIL1 for slot X Input voltage Vb detected Circuit 1 Complete circuit supervised Contact Input 11 Va COIL2 for slot X Input voltage Va detected Circuit 1 Complete circuit supervised CONT IP X CC12 Vb COIL2 Contact Input 12 Vb COIL2 for slot X Input voltage Vb detected Circuit 2 Complete circuit supervised CONT IP X CC13 O7 SEAL Contact Input 13 07 SEAL for slot X Current detected Contact output associated with current flow 100 mA latched CONT IP X CC14 O8 SEAL Contact Input 14 08 SEAL for slot X Current detected Contact output associated with current flow 100 mA latched CONT IP X CC15 SUP COILT F650 Digital Bay Controller Contact Input 15 SUP COIL1 for slot X Output for
113. G2 Inp 2 F10 18 G3 Out F19 36 G1 Spv 1 1 4 G2 Inp 1 F5 9 G3 Inp 2 F10 14 G4 Spv 2 F15 18 G5 Out F19 30 Out F31 36 1 Inp 1 G1 9 2 Inp 2 G10 18 3 Out G19 36 1 Inp 1 G1 9 2 Inp 2 G10 18 3 4 1 2 SOURCE 1 SOURCE 2 MAGNETIC MODULE F2 SUPERVISION G1 MIXED l O G4 3201 DOR Inp 3 G29 36 Inp 1 G1 9 Inp 2 G10 18 1 0 G4 ANALOG aea 113000 F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 3 6 4 INDICATORS 6 COMMISSIONING Feed the relay and verify that when commanding a LED reset operation all LED indicators light up and they are turned off when pressing the ESC key for more than 3 seconds 6 4 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 5 POWER SUPPLY TESTING Feed the relay with the minimum and maximum voltage For each voltage value verify that the alarm relay is activated when there is voltage and it is deactivated when there is no feed If the power supply source incorporates AC feed this test will be performed also for VAC If the relay incorporates a redundant power supply these tests shall be performed on both power supplies Voltage values to be applied will be the ones indicated below according to the relay model SUPPLY V MIN V MAX HI HIR 110 250 Vdc 88 Vdc 300 Vdc
114. GND FLT HIGH 2 gt WATT GND FLT HIGH 3 WATT GND FLT LOW 1 WATT GND FLT LOW 2 gt WATT GND FLT LOW SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE NES Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Supervision minimum voltage Voltage Pickup Level 2 0 01 V 2 00 70 00 Source of operating current Current selection IN N A IN IG Pickup Level for Overcurrent OC Pickup Level 0 005 0 001A 0 005 0 400 Pickup Delay for Overcurrent OC Pickup Delay 0 2 0 01 s 0 00 600 00 Pickup Level for operating Power Power Pickup 0 01 0 01 W 0 01 4 50 Max torque angle MTA 0 1 Deg 0 360 Pickup Delay for Operating Power Power Pickup Delay 0 2 0 01 s 0 00 600 00 Curve shape Curve DEFINITE TIME N A DEFINITE TIME INVERSE TIME USER CURVE A USER CURVE USER CURVE USER CURVE D Multiplier Multiplier 1 0 015 0 02 2 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Event DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED C 18 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE tae board type available only for CIO I O Board Type X NONE N A NONE modules 16 INP 8OUT 8 INP 8OUT SUPV 32 INP 16 INP 8 ANA Input activation voltage threshold Voltage Threshold 80 1V 10 230 Group A AX Input activation voltage thresho
115. HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES COMMUNICATION TROUBLESHOOTING 1 MEMORY INSPECTIOH READ Group Address 2 of Active HEX Type elem Selection BO I de o MEMORY MAP INSERTIOH WRITE DATA Group Address of Transmit Active HEX elem Selection Total CORR omm iR OO poge OoOo TIT CLEAR TRANSMIT TOTALS Figure 3 12 COMMUNICATION TROUBLESHOOTING SCREEN Calibration Serial or Ethernet connection Allows retrieving the unit calibration settings and storing them in a file with extension cal For reading or storing the calibration settings in the relay go to Communications Calibration Get or Set calibration settings and select the intended calibration file The calibration retrieval process is necessary to be performed before updating the unit operative system when the operating system is updated all the data in the relay is deleted including the factory calibration settings When only the firmware is updated for versions higher than 1 50 the calibration settings are automatically saved in the relay Upgrade firmware version Ethernet connection Go to Communications gt Upgrade firmware version this menu allows the user to update the firmware version of the relay through Ethernet communic
116. IGH C BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 1 phase C PH TOC1 HIGH A PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup Group 1 phase A PH TOC1 HIGH A OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 1 phase A PH TOC1 HIGH B PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup Group 1 phase B PH TOC1 HIGH B OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 1 phase B PH TOC1 HIGH C PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup Group 1 phase C PH TOC1 HIGH C OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 1 phase C PH TOC1 HIGH PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup Group 1 any phase PH TOC1 HIGH Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 1 any phase PH TOC2 HIGH A BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 2 phase A PH TOC2 HIGH B BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 2 phase B PH TOC2 HIGH C BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 2 phase C PH TOC2 HIGH A PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup Group 2 phase A PH TOC2 HIGH A OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 2 phase A PH TOC2 HIGH B PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup Group 2 phase B PH TOC2 HIGH B OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 2 phase B PH TOC2 HIGH C PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup Group 2 phase C PH TOC2 HIGH C OP Phase time
117. IN RELAY WARRANTY GE Power Management S A GE Multilin warrants each relay it manufactures to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of 24 months from date of shipment from factory In the event of a failure covered by warranty GE Multilin will undertake to repair or replace the relay providing the warrantor determined that it is defective and it is returned with all transportation charges prepaid to an authorized service center or the factory Repairs or replacement under warranty will be made without charge Warranty shall not apply to any relay which has been subject to misuse negligence accident incorrect installation or use not in accordance with instructions nor any unit that has been altered outside a GE Multilin authorized factory outlet GE Multilin is not liable for special indirect or consequential damages or for loss of profit or for expenses sustained as a result of a relay malfunction incorrect application or adjustment For complete text of Warranty including limitations and disclaimers refer to GE Multilin Standard Conditions of Sale GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller D 1 D 1 GE MULTILIN WARRANTY APPENDIX D D 2 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T
118. K 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 9 1 2 OVERVIEW 1 GETTING STARTED ETHERNET MODULE 10 100BTX 100BFX 100BFX CAN REMOTE vo DIGITAL SUPERVISION ETHERNET COM 3 CAN I O INTERNAL MAIN PROCESSOR COMUNICATION SERIAL CONTROL COM 1 PROTECTION SERIAL SERIAL MULTIPLEXED COMH COM2 DSP SERIAL MEASUREMENT COMH PROCESSOR PROCESSOR Figure 1 7 COMMUNICATIONS ARCHITECTURE B6816F1 1 10 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 1 GETTING STARTED 1 3 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE 1 3 1 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS The EnerVista 650 Setup software interface is the preferred method to edit settings and view actual values because the PC monitor can display more information in a simple comprehensible format The following minimum requirements must be met for the EnerVista 650 Setup software to properly operate on a PC Pentium class or higher processor Pentium Il 300 MHz or higher recommended Windows NT 4 0 Service Pack or higher Windows 2000 Windows XP Internet Explorer 5 0 or higher e 64 MB of RAM 128 MB recommended 40 MB of available space on system drive and 40 MB of available space on installation drive RS232C serial and or Ethernet port for communications to the relay 1 3 2 INSTALLATION After ensuring the minimum requirements for using EnerVista 650 Setup are met see previous section use the following p
119. Logger Demand Energy Breaker Maintenance This menu shows the fault report status signals as fault report trigger fault date fault type and location besides the fault report number Status of the control events if the signal configured to launch the control event is active or not Status of signals related to oscillography recording such as status or digital channels oscillography trigger number of records available etc Data logger information about oldest and newest sample time stamp and number of channels and days configured in data logger settings Demand trigger and reset inputs status Freeze unfreeze and reset input signals for energy counters All signals related to breaker maintenance such as number of openings closings counters alarm signal for The Metering menu includes all the measurements available in the device Primary and secondary values and also the data related to the recording functions in the relay Table 3 20 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF METERING MENU METERING Primary Values Secondary Values Phasor Diagram Frequency 3 1 9 4 INPUTS OUTPUTS The Inputs Outputs menu includes all the inputs and outputs signals available in the device Contact and virtual type Primary values measurements for currents voltages power energy and demand Secondary values measurements for currents voltages and power Current volta
120. ME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE ERE Address 00 for Modbus user map Address 00 0 N A 0000 FFFF Address 01 for Modbus user map Address 01 0 N A 0000 FFFF Address 254 for Modbus user map Address 254 0 N A 0000 FFFF Address 255 for Modbus user map Address 255 0 N A 0000 FFFF SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE NES Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Positive sequence impedance module Pos Seq Module 3 00 0 01 Ohm 0 01 250 00 Positive sequence impedance angle Seq Angle 75 1 Deg 25 90 Zero sequence impedance module Zero Seq Module 9 00 0 01 Ohm 0 01 750 00 Zero sequence impedance angle Zero Seq Angle 75 1 Deg 25 90 Line length Line Length 100 0 0 1 0 0 2000 0 Display fault on HMI Show Fault On HMI DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE DRE Function Permission Function ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Prefault Trigger Position 30 196 5 95 Samples per cycle Samples Cycle 64 N A 4 8 16 32 64 Maximum number of oscillos Max Number Osc 4 1 oscillo 1 20 Automatic oscillography overwrite Automatic Overwrite DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED
121. MERICA ASIA AND AUSTRALIA GE MULTILIN 215 Anderson Avenue L6E 1B3 Markham ON CANADA Tel 1 905 294 6222 Fax 1 905 201 2098 E mail multilin tech ge com The information provided herein is not intended to cover all the details of the variations of the equipment nor does it take into account the circumstances that may be present in your installation operating or maintenance activities Should you wish to receive additional information or for any particular problem that cannot be solved by referring to the information contained herein please contact GENERAL ELECTRIC MULTILIN GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 5 1 1 IMPORTANT PROCEDURES 1 GETTING STARTED 1 1 3 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS The F650 ground screw shown in Figure 1 5 must be correctly grounded Figure 1 5 LOCATION OF GROUNDING SCREW Before communicating with a F650 unit through the front serial port please ensure that the computer is grounded In case of using a laptop it is recommended not to have it connected to its power supply In many cases it might not be correctly grounded either due to the power supply or to the connector cables used This is required not only for personal protection but also to avoid a potential voltage difference between the relay s serial port and the computer s port which could produce permanent damage to the computer or the relay GE Multilin will not be responsible for any damage to the relay or connected equipment w
122. NA j n9 23 25 54 Hz No trip NA 6 22 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 16 RECLOSER 79 Set protection element 79 as follows RECLOSER Function ENABLED Max Number Shots 4 Dead Time 1 2 10 sec Dead Time 2 4 10 sec Dead Time 3 6 10 sec Dead Time 4 8 10 sec Reclaim Time 3 00 sec Cond Permission ENABLED Hold Time 7 00 sec Reset Time 5 00 sec Set the relay to trip by 50PH and configure the signals necessary to test the 79 element Configure one output as AR RECLOSE Configure the AR INITIATE signal with the 50PH trip Configure the AR LEVEL BLOCK signal with a digital input Configure the AR CONDS INPUT with the digital signal desired 50PH SETTINGS Function ENABLED Input RMS Pickup Level 3A Trip Delay 0 00 s Reset Delay 0 00s 6 16 1 RECLOSING CYCLE Connect a latching relay simulating the breaker managed by the F650 unit Once the relay is set close the breaker and wait for 5 seconds After this time the recloser is ready to initiate the reclosing cycle Command a 50PH trip and verify that the breaker opens and the relay recloses in 2 1 seconds Command a 50PH trip and verify that the breaker opens and the relay recloses in 4 1 seconds Command a 50PH trip and verify that the breaker opens and the relay recloses in 6 1 seconds Command a 50PH trip and verify that the breaker opens a
123. OCOL Modbus RTU TCP IP DNP 3 0 Level 2 IEC 60870 5 104 2 lt x gt m o O ay A N a A 5 Procome Modbus amp RTU TCP IP 6 IEC 61850 Modbus amp RTU and TCP IP DNP 3 0 Level 2 IEC 60870 5 104 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Without Harsh Chemical Environment Conformal Coating H Harsh Chemical Environment Conformal Coating 2 4 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 3 ORDERING CODE SPECIAL MODELS MOD001 6A output contacts instead of 16A Notes 1 The digit selected for option G must be equal or higher than the digit selected for option F for models including boards 4 and 5 F1G5 is a valid selection and F5G1 is and invalid selection 2 Display options with language selection Graphic display available for English French Spanish and Chinese languages For chinese only IEC symbols option is available N in ordering code Basic display available for all languages For those applications requiring a high number of inputs and outputs F650 units can be connected to a CIO module Remote CAN Bus I O module for using up to 2 additional boards F650 units allow monitoring and configuring these I O boards as if they were internal boards located on slots F and G In this case slots a
124. OFF 16 11 08 005 Ground TOC3 Block OFF 16 11 08 005 Ground TOC2 Block OFF 11 08 00 round k 16 11 08 Esc Prev Intro Menu L R Scroll Figure 3 29 ALL EVENTS SCREEN The screen legend options are Esc Prev Intro Menu L R Scroll Esc Prev Pressing the ESC key the user returns to the previous screen Metering screen Intro Menu Pressing the shuttle key the user accesses the Events menu that offers the following options at the bottom of the screen next prev reload details At To access the different options in the snapshot events graphic menu the user must move the cursor from left to right The selected option will be displayed in upper case and between brackets To access the selected option the user must press again the shuttle key lt NEXT gt The user accesses the next available graphic screen Events New lt PREV gt This option returns to the general events graphic menu All Events lt RELOAD gt This option updates all events stored in the relay and returns to the general events screen GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 55 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES DETAILS The Details screen provides access to metering values and date and time related with the event The top of the screen displays a legend with the event text followed by the date and time the event status ON or OFF and the event index number related to the comple
125. OFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 12 SECURITY MENU OVERVIEW The security menu includes all the menus related to security control in EnerVista 650 Setup EnerVista 650 Setup security users and passwords are not related to passwords in HMI Each security level has its own access for HMI management and EnerVista 650 Setup management Table 3 25 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF SECURITY MENU SECURITY Login User Log on menu for EnerVista 650 Setup Enabled after security control has been enabled in user management menu Change Password Menu to change passwords and establish password recovering questions User Management User management dialog box Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as 3 1 13 VIEW MENU OVERVIEW The view menu includes the computer screen to start communicating with the relay the different update procedures available in device firmware operative system web server and other file storing capabilities upload and download info files to from relay The ModBus memory map is detailed in the complete instruction manual English only and can be obtained from EnerVista 650 Setup program Table 3 26 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF VIEW MENU VIEW Traces To inspect ModBus communication traces between the EnerVista 650 Setup and the relay ModBus Memory map Complete ModBus memory map descrip
126. OPERATION 5 RESET BKR COUNTERS OPERATION BIT 5 SETPOINT gt RELAY CONFIGURATION gt OSCILLOGRAPHY DIGITAL CHANNEL NAME SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC DIG_CHANNEL 1 TRIP VO 083 GENERAL TRIP DIG CHANNELZ2 50 51P TRIP VO 019 PHASE OVERCURRENT TRIP DIG_CHANNEL 3 50 51G TRIP YO 089 GROUND OVERCURRENTT DIG_CHANNEL 4 27 TRIP VO_073_27P_TRIP DIG_CHANNEL 5 59 TRIP VO_074_59P_TRIP DIG_CHANNEL 6 PICKUP VO 085 GENERAL PKP DIG CHANNELZ7 DIG_CHANNEL 8 50 51P PICKUP 50 51G PICKUP VO_007_PHASE_OVERCURRENT_PKP VO 009 GROUND OVERCURRENT P KP GEK 113000T DIG_CHANNEL 9 27 PICKUP VO 045 27P PKP DIG_CHANNEL 10 59 PICKUP VO_046_59P_PKP DIG_CHANNEL 11 79 READY AR READY DIG_CHANNEL 12 79 IN PROG AR RCL IN PROGRESS DIG_CHANNEL 13 79 BLOCK AR BLOCK DIG_CHANNEL 14 79 INHIBIT AR CONDS INPUT NOT DIG_CHANNEL 15 79 LOCKOUT AR LOCKOUT DIG_CHANNEL 16 Not Configured OPERATION BIT 8 OSCILLO TRIGGER OSCILLO TRIGGER VO_083_GENERAL_TRIP SETPOINT gt RELAY CONFIGURATION OPERATIONS OPERATION OPERATION TEXT SETTINGS VALUE SOURCE INTERLOCK LOGIC SYNCHK CLOSE PERM FINAL STATES AND LOGIC BREAKER CLOSED FRONT KEY Key Operation CLOSE BREAKER INPUT Not configured VIRTUAL OUTPUT Not configured TIMEOUT 1000 CHANNELS ALL F650 Digital Bay Controller C 29 C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION APPENDIXC
127. OUT DAIS The relay has not got the Use DOI amp DAI setting enabled true and it is working properly with the ICD file OK The relay has got the Use DOI amp DAI setting enabled true and it is working properly with the ICD file When that setting is set to true the icd setting will prevail over the relay settings OTHER INTERNAL STATES NON CRITICAL IEC61850 Internal States ICD STATUS GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller A 1 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA USER MAP STATUS User map status 0 Not configured 1 Configured Calibration status 0 Not calibrated 1 Relay calibrated FLEXCURVE A STATUS User curve A 0 Not configured 1 FLEXCURVE B STATUS User curve B 0 Not configured 1 Configured FLEXCURVE C STATUS User curve C 0 Not configured 1 Configured FLEXCURVE D STATUS User curve D 0 Not configured 1 Configured Green Zone Memory internal status Configured Other internal states Yellow Zone Memory internal status Orange Zone Memory internal status Red Zone Memory internal status TIMER STATUS Real time clock autocheck not available Autocheck Internal States Not available GRAPHIC STATUS Graphic display status not available ALARM TEXT ARRAY Text display status not available Note It is advisable to use the critical alarms to raise an event or to light a warning led for maintenance purposes See the example below th
128. P 0G BLOCK 1G BLOCK 50 67G PICKUP 9 INITIATE JE 9 BLOCK EF 2200 T 51 670 OMMON 1 8 COMMON 9 16 JE E eso 50 67 PICKUP NOT USED F31 67 PICKUP NOT USED To ESESESES lt lt 2 2 nini T 8 6 BE AA ajo ESESERERERESES E NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED USER CONFIGURABLE INPUTS USER CONFIGURABLE OUTPUTS F18 o YT INPUTISF2 o uc 52 a SUPERVISIO 79 BLOCK Bjen 1 52 b SUPERVISION 27 59 PICKUP 5 F5 Fe cc2 BLOCK 51 BLOCK 67 BLOCK 51 679 PICKUP F9 1 4 COMMON 1 4 10 5 8 COMMON 5 8 50 67P PICKUP 50G BLOCK 51G BLOCK 51 67P PICKUP RECLOSE TRIP Figure 2 3 INPUT OUTPUT CONFIGURATIONS FOR BOARDS F1 AND F2 189C4216H1 407 79 E 79 BLOCK COIL 2 SUPERVISION 52 a COIL 2 52 b USER CONFIGURABLE OUTPUTS COIL 2 USER CONFIGURABLE INPUTS 52 b SUPERVISION 2 32 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 1 1 INTRODUCTION The EnerVista 650 Setup software provides a graphical user interface GUI as one of two human interfaces to a
129. PECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 1 13 SENSITIVE GROUND DIRECTIONAL 67SG Directionality Polarizing Polarizing Voltage Operating Current Polarizing Voltage threshold Characteristic angle Block Logic Angle accuracy Operate time 2 4 1 14 THERMAL MODEL 49 Current Input Rated current Pickup level Dropout level Level Accuracy Timing accuracy Heating constant Cooling constant Snapshot Events 2 4 1 15 PHASE OVERVOLTAGE 59P Voltage Input Pickup level Dropout level Level Accuracy Trip delay Reset delay Timing accuracy Logic Snapshot Events 2 12 F650 Digital Bay Controller Forward and reverse selectable by setting Voltage Vy measured or calculated selected by setting Isg measured from 517 current transformer 0 to 300 Vac in steps of 1 V 90 to 90 in steps of 1 Permission or Block selectable by setting X2 for I gt 0 1 A and V gt 5 Vac 30ms typically Fundamental Phasor without harmonics For connection to 1 or 5 A CTs 0 05 to 160 0 A in steps of 0 01 A 97 to 98 of the pickup level Values at nominal frequency 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10A 11 596 of the reading for higher values 13 596 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater 3 0 to 600 0 minutes in steps of 0 1 minute 1 00 to 6 00 times the heating constant in steps of 0 01 Selectable by setting Fundamental Phasor without harmonics of phase to phase voltages 3 to 300 in steps of 1 V
130. PM 3650 F35 Multiple Feeder Management Relay F60 Feeder Management Rela F650 Bav Controller FM2 Feeder Manager 2 indicates Set up Program exists in Software Library Add Now 03 50 00 Figure 1 9 ADD PRODUCT WINDOW 6 If Web option is selected choose the F650 software program and release notes if desired from the list and click the Download Now button to obtain the installation program EnerVista Launchpad 9 EnerVista LAUNCH Y PAD IED SETUP 5 Upgrade GE Setup Program X SETUP PROGRAMS AVAILABLE FOR UPGRADE Setup Programs Version Size Released EnerVista F650 Setup Software 72 363 Figure 1 10 WEB UPGRADE WINDOW 1 12 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 1 GETTING STARTED 1 3 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE 7 EnerVista Launchpad will obtain the installation program from the Web or CD Once the download is complete double click the installation program to install the EnerVista 650 Setup software Select the complete path including the new directory name where the EnerVista 650 Setup will be installed Click on Next to begin the installation The files will be installed in the directory indicated and the installation program will automatically create icons and add EnerVista 650 Setup to the Windows start menu 10 Follow the on screen instructions to install the EnerVista 650 Setup software When the Welcome window appears click on Next to
131. RM NO SWITCHGEAR 1 CLOSED TEXT 52 CLOSE ALARM NO ERROR 00 TEXT 52 ERROR ALARM N A ERROR 11 TEXT 52 UNDEFINED ALARM N A OPENING INIT OPERATION BIT 2 CLOSING INIT OPERATION BIT 1 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 31 C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION APPENDIXC SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION SWITCHGEAR SWITCHGEAR SETTING VALUE SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC CONTACTS Not Configured OPENING TIME Not Configured CLOSING TIME Not Configured CONTACT A SOURCE Not Configured CONTACT B SOURCE Not Configured OPEN TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured SWITCHGEAR 2 CLOSED TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured ERROR 00 TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured ERROR 11 TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured OPENING INIT Not Configured CLOSING INIT Not Configured CONTACTS Not Configured OPENING TIME Not Configured CLOSING TIME Not Configured CONTACT A SOURCE Not Configured CONTACT B SOURCE Not Configured OPEN TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured SWITCHGEAR 16 CLOSED TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured ERROR 00 TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured ERROR 11 TEXT Not Configured ALARM Not Configured OPENING INIT Not Configured CLOSING INIT Not Configured C 32 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX D D 1 GE MULTILIN WARRANTY GE MULTIL
132. ROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP F 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR1 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 PH TOC1 HIGH C BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP F 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR1 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 PH TOC2 HIGH A BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP F 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR2 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 PH TOC2 HIGH B BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC3 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR2 B OP LATCHED VIRT IP 5 NOT C 24 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION gt PROTECTION ELEMENTS PROTECTION ELEMENT SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC PH TOC2 HIGH C BLK PH TOC3 HIGH A BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP F 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR2 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC3 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR3 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 PH TOC3 HIGH BLK PH TOC3 HIGH C BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC3 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR3 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F 51 BLOCK CC3 PHASE DIR3 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 5 NEUTRAL TOC1 BLOCK GROUP 1 BLOCKED NEUTRAL DIR1 OP NOT NEUTRAL TOC2 BLOCK GROUP 2 BLOCKED NEUTRAL DIR2 OP NOT NEUTRAL TOC3 BLOCK GROUP 3 BLOCKED NEUTRAL DIR
133. RRENT_PKP LEDO8 50 51G PICKUP VO_009_GROUND_OVERCURRENT_PKP 09 27 PICKUP VO 045 27P PKP LED10 59 PICKUP VO 046 59P PKP LED11 79 READY AR READY LED12 79 IN PROG AR RCL IN PROGRESS LED13 79 BLOCK AR BLOCK LED14 79 INHIBIT AR CONDS INPUT NOT LED15 79 LOCKOUT AR LOCKOUT SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION PROTECTION ELEMENTS PROTECTION ELEMENT SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC LED RESET INPUT OPERATION BIT 3 PSE LOCAL Not Configured CHANGE OP BLOCKED Not Configured HMI BACKLIGHT ON Not Configured HMI BACKLIGHT OFF Not Configured GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR1 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR1 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR1 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 5 BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR2 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR2 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR2 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 PH IOC1 HIGH A BLK PH IOC1 HIGH B BLK PH IOC1 HIGH C BLK PH IOC2 HIGH A BLK PH IOC2 HIGH B BLK PH IOC2 HIGH C BLK C 22 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURA
134. S CONT Thermal Image GEK 113000T THERMAL1 BLOCK Thermal image block Group 1 THERMAL1 A RST Thermal image phase A Group 1 element reset THERMAL1 B RST Thermal image phase B Group 1 element reset THERMAL1 C RST Thermal image phase C Group 1 element reset THERMAL1 ALARM Thermal image element alarm any phase Group 1 THERMAL1 OP Thermal image element operation any phase Group 1 THERMAL1 A ALRM Thermal image element alarm phase A Group 1 THERMAL1 A OP Thermal image element operation phase A Group 1 THERMAL1 B ALRM Thermal image element alarm phase B Group 1 THERMAL1 B OP Thermal image element operation phase B Group 1 THERMAL1 C ALRM Thermal image element alarm phase C Group 1 THERMAL1 C OP THERMAL2 BLOCK Thermal image element operation phase C Group 1 Thermal image block Group 2 THERMAL2 A RST Thermal image phase A Group 2 element reset THERMAL2 B RST Thermal image phase B Group 2 element reset THERMAL2 C RST THERMAL2 ALARM Thermal image phase C Group 2 element reset Thermal image element alarm any phase Group 2 THERMAL2 OP Thermal image element operation any phase Group 2 THERMAL2 A ALRM Thermal image element alarm phase A Group 2 THERMAL2 A OP Thermal image element operation phase A Group 2 THERMAL2 B ALRM Thermal image element alarm phase B Group 2 THERMAL2 B OP Thermal image element operati
135. SENS GND IOC3 PKP pickup Group 3 Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element SENS GND IOC3 operation trip Group 3 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller A 15 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Isolated ground instantaneous overcurrent element ISOLATED GND1 BLK block Group 1 Isolated ground instantaneous overcurrent element ISOLATED GND1 PKP pickup Group 1 Isolated ground instantaneous overcurrent element ISOLATED GND1 OP operation trip Group 1 Isolated ground instantaneous overcurrent element ISOLATED GND2 BLK block Group 2 Isolated ground instantaneous overcurrent element ISOLATED GND2 PKP pickup Group 2 Isolated Ground Isolated ground instantaneous overcurrent element ISOLATED GND2 OP operation trip Group 2 Isolated ground instantaneous overcurrent element ISOLATED GND3 BLK block Group 3 Isolated ground instantaneous overcurrent element ISOLATED GND3 PKP pickup Group 3 Isolated ground instantaneous overcurrent element ISOLATED GND3 operation trip Group 3 A 16 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Phase TOC High GEK 113000T PH TOC1 HIGH A BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 1 phase A PH TOC1 HIGH B BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 1 phase B PH TOC1 H
136. SET Breaker failure 2nd level high level BKR FAIL LOWSET Breaker failure 3rd level low level INTERNAL ARC Internal arc BKR FAIL 2nd STEP Breaker failure second step F650 Digital Bay Controller A 29 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Synchrocheck Autorecloser A 30 Synchrocheck BLK INP APPENDIXA Synchronism element block Synchrocheck OP Synchronsim condition Dv Dj and Df are within the set range SYNCHK CLOSE PERM Synchrocheck COND OP Closing permission for the synchronism element SYNCHK OP OR SYNCHK CON OP Active if when it is set any of the three following conditions is met DL DB OPERATION Dead line dead bus condition DL LB OPERATION Dead line live bus condition LL DB OPERATION Live line dead bus condition SLIP CONDITION Slip conditions are met BUS FREQ gt LINE FREQ Bus Frequency higher than line frequency BUS FREQ lt LINE FREQ AR LEVEL BLOCK Bus Frequency lower than line frequency Recloser element block by level AR PULSE BLOCK Recloser element block by pulse AR PULSE UNBLOCK Recloser element unblock by pulse AR INITIATE AR CONDS INPUT Reclose initiate Reclose permission condition in input to Function 1 there are conditions AR CLOSE BREAKER Closing permission for the recloser AR OUT OF SERVICE Rec
137. TAL CHARACTERISTICS Operating temperature 10 C to 60 C Storage temperature 40 C to 80 C Humidity non condensing 95 Altitude Up to 2000 m Installation category 2 4 13 PACKAGING AND WEIGHT Net weight 5 kg Packaged 6 kg Package dimensions 30x40x40 cm DxWxH 2 4 14 TYPE TESTS CATEGORY STANDARD CLASS TEST EMC IEC 61000 4 1 IEC 60255 22 1 Oscillatory waves immunity IEC 61000 4 2 IEC 60255 22 2 IV Electrostatic discharge immunity test IEC 61000 4 3 IEC 60255 22 3 Radiated electromagnetic field disturbance test IEC 61000 4 4 IEC 60255 22 4 IV Electrical fast transient IEC 61000 4 5 IEC 60255 22 5 IV Surge immunity test IEC 61000 4 6 IEC 60255 22 6 Conducted electromagnetic field disturbance test IEC 61000 4 8 EN 61000 4 8 IV Power frequency magnetic field immunity ENV50204 Radiated electromagnetic field disturbance test 1890 MHz EMC Emisivity IEC 60255 25 EN 61000 6 4 A Conducted and radiated emissions Product IEC 60255 5 2kV Insulation resistance dielectric test IEC 60255 5 6kV 5J Impulse test IEC 60255 11 100 ms Power supply Voltage dips interruptions variations Mechanical IEC 60255 21 1 Vibration test sinusoidal IEC 60255 21 2 Shock and bump IEC 60255 21 3 1 Seismic Type test report available upon request F650 has been designed to comply with the highest existing requirements More specifically UNIPEDE recommendations for high voltage substations are fo
138. TER and date of the snapshot event ESCAPE Pressing the shuttle key the metering screen for the snapshot event will be displayed To exit from this screen press the ESC key and return to the snapshot events menu Figure 3 19 SNAPSHOT EVENTS NAVIGATION IN HMI GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 39 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 5 5 FAULT REPORT To enter this menu press the shuttle key when the option Fault report is selected in main menu This menu displays information about the last ten faults recorded in the relay The Relay HMI allows two types of visualization for the fault reports stored in the Relay 1 Showing the fault warning messages in the text display when the fault is produced This option has to be enabled by setting To change from the HMI go to the menu Change Settings Product Setup Fault Report Show Fault On HMP and enable it 2 Only saving and allowing viewing the information from the last ten faults recorded in the relay In the first option when a fault occurs a warning message is displayed including information about the fault in two screens one with general fault information and a second one with the measured values in the moment of the fault The fault warning message must be acknowledged by the user this means that the user must press the shuttle key for this screen to disappear The HMI will not allow to perform any othe
139. TION gt PROTECTION ELEMENTS PROTECTION ELEMENT SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC PH IOC3 HIGH A BLK PH IOC3 HIGH BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50 BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR3 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50 BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR3 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 PH IOC3 HIGH C BLK PH IOC1 LOW A BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50 BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR3 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 1 GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50 BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR1 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 PH IOC1 LOW B BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR1 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 PH IOC1 LOW C BLK GROUP 1 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50 BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR1 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 PH IOC2 LOW A BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR2 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 PH IOC2 LOW B BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR2 B OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 PH IOC2 LOW C BLK GROUP 2 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50P BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR2 C OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 PH IOC3 LOW A BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKED CONT IP F CC2 50 BLOCK CC2 PHASE DIR3 A OP NOT LATCHED VIRT IP 2 PH IOC3 LOW B BLK PH IOC3 LOW C BLK GROUP 3 BLOCKE
140. TIVE GROUND INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT 50SG Current Input Phasor without harmonics or RMS Rated current For connection to 1 or 5 A CTs Pickup level 0 005 to 16 000 A in steps of 0 001 A Dropout level 97 to 98 of the pickup level Level Accuracy Values at nominal frequency 1 5 of the reading 1 mA from 0 005 to 16 A Overreach 296 Trip delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Reset delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Operate time 50 ms at 3 x Pickup at 50 Hz typically Timing accuracy at 0 ms time delay no intentional delay 50ms at non zero time delay 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Snapshot Events Selectable by setting GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 9 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 1 8 ISOLATED GROUND INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT 5016 Current Input Voltage Input Current Pickup level Voltage Pickup level Dropout level Level Accuracy Trip delay Time to instantaneous Operate time Timing accuracy Snapshot Events 2 4 1 9 NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT 46 Current Input Pickup level Dropout level Level Accuracy Curve Shapes Curve Multiplier Time Dial Reset type Timing accuracy Saturation Level Snapshot Events Fundamental Phasor without harmonics Fundamental Phasor without harmonics 0 005 to 0 400 A in steps of 0 001 A 2 to 70 V in steps of 1 V 97 to 98 of the pickup level 1 5 of the reading 1 mA from 0 005 to
141. TOC1 LOW A PKP overcurrent element pickup low level Group Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low PH TOC1 LOW A OP level Group 1 phase A PH TOC1 LOW B PKP asa overcurrent element pickup low level Group Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low PH TOC1 LOW B OP level Group 1 phase B PH TOC1 LOW C PKP overcurrent element pickup low level Group Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low Phase TOC Low PH TOC1 LOW C OP level Group 1 phase C Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group PH TOC1 LOW PKP 1 any phase Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low PH TOC1 LOW OP level Group 1 any phase PH TOC LOW A BLK overcurrent element block Low level Group Phase timed overcurrent element block Low level Group PH TOC2 LOW B BLK 2 phase B Phase timed overcurrent element block Low level Group PH TOC2 LOW C BLK 2 phase C Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group PH TOC2 LOW A PKP 2 phase A Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low PH TOC2 LOW A OP level Group 2 phase A Phase timed overcurrent element pickup low level Group PH TOC2 LOW B PKP 2 phase B A 18 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT PH TOC2 LOW B OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 2 phase B
142. Tool to convert the 650 files from one version to another File properties for 650 Retrieve the 650 settings and relay configuration compiled equations from the relay Send and write the 650 settings and configuration to the relay To configure printer settings Preview of settings and configuration file printing format Launch the 650 file to be printed 650 printed to file in excel format Quit the application closing all the open windows Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 7 1 NEW OPEN SAVE SAVE AS AND CLOSE In these options the program opens a dialog box with default path to Files Config program folder where the setting and configuration files can be selected for their off line edition For enabling access to this menu there must be no communication between the PC program and the relay a Look in a Config E3 s F650 160 V170 650 History 7 Desktop Lu My Documents T My Computer TA oa File name Fe50_F2G0_V170 650 My Network P Files of type Config Files 650 Cancel Figure 3 5 OPEN FILE MENU Once the 650 file with the appropriated relay model FXGX is selected the program will enable the off line o
143. WYE DELTA Rated voltage Nominal Voltage 100 0 0 1 1 0 250 0 Rated Frequency Nominal Frequency 50Hz Hz 50 60 Phaserotaion Phase Rotation ABC NA ABC ACB Frequency reference Frequency Reference Vi NA Auxiliary Voltage Auxiliary Voltage VX N A VX VN Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE Values for reset points 0 00 pkp Time 0 00xPKP RST 10 000 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 Values for reset points 0 05 pkp Time 0 05xPKP RST 10 000 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 m s d 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 Values for reset points 0 97 pkp Time 0 97xPKP RST 0 000 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 Values for reset points 0 98 pkp Time 0 98xPKP RST 10 000 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 Values for operation points 1 03 pkp Time 1 03xPKP OP 0 000 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 Values for operation points 1 05 pkp Time 1 05xPKP OP 0 000 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 m T 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 Values for operation points 19 50 pkp Time 19 50xPKP OP 0 000 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 Values for operation points 20 00 pkp Time 20 00xPKP OP 0 000 0 001 s 0 000 65 535 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE USE Number of Switchgear selected as breaker Number of Switchgear 1 1 1
144. XGX using the conversion tool It must be taken into account that part of the logic can be readjusted to fit the new input and output boards selection Notice also that the external wiring of inputs and outputs board are different for type 1 2 4 and 5 3 1 7 3 PROPERTIES When this option is selected the program will show a screen including the relay model information firmware version etc of the file being edited as shown on Figure 3 7 Configuration file properties Model Model 650 2814 Version Pat 1 50 15340 ae Cancel Figure 3 7 FILE PROPERTIES MENU GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 13 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 7 4 PRINTING OPTIONS PRINT SETUP PRINT PREVIEW PRINT PRINT TO FILE The printing options are active only in off line mode in File edition and not in on line mode connected with the relay a PRINT SETUP Option to configure the printing options and settings for the printing device b PRINT PREVIEW Option to preview the whole settings and configuration file 650 in paper format to be printed as shown in Figure 3 8 Print preview 25038 em 00 NIE Idm DI zl GE Power Management F650 SETPOINT FILE INFORMATION Enervista F650 Setup 2 Model F650 F2G 1 S77 ersiore 1 62 Part 245 10 SETPOINTS VALU
145. XXXXX Model 19200N81 MODBUS 254 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 1 6 2 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS ON THE POWER SUPPLY NETWORK 6 COMMISSIONING All devices running on AC current are affected by frequency As a non sine wave is the result of a fundamental wave plus a series of harmonics from this fundamental wave we can infer that devices running on AC current are influenced by the applied waveform For a correct testing of relays running on AC current it is fundamental to use a current and or voltage senoidal waveform The pureness of a senoidal wave lack of harmonics cannot be expressed specifically for a specific relay However any relay incorporating sintonized circuits R L and R C circuits will be affected by non senoidal waveforms as in the case of F650 These relays respond to the voltage waveform in a different way to the majority of AC current voltmeters If the power supply network used for the testing contains wide harmonics the voltmeter and relay responses will be different Relays have been calibrated in factory using a Network of 50 or 60 Hz with a minimum harmonic content When the relay is tested a power supply network with no harmonics in its waveform must be used The ammeters and chronometers used for testing the pickup current and relay operation time must be calibrated and their accuracy must be better than the relay s The power supply used in the tests must remain stable mainly in the levels near t
146. al communication between EnerVista 650 Setup and the relay is correct the program shows a message to select to upgrade the current version to the new one Enerv ista 650 Setup gt A Update current version Figure 5 12 UPGRADE CURRENT VERSION At this moment selecting YES S in the figure the process will start beginning with the relay flash memory deletion so at this point all the information stored in the relay will be lost Until now no important change has been made to the relay the boot memory upgrading process has simply been prepared The process of flash memory erasing and boot code downloading can take some minutes during which a progress bar is displayed GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 5 7 5 2 BOOT CODE UPGRADE 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE 650 Upgrade BIOS 6S0 Figure 5 13 ERASING FLASH MEMORY Once the memory has been erased and the files upgraded in the relay the parameters for the Ethernet communications must be set Figure 5 14 The requested values are the IP address and the gateway Set IP Address Set Relay IP Address 192 168 37 177 e 9 192 168 37 240 Set Relay Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 e 9 255 255 255 0 Set Relay Gateway 192 168 37 10 e 9 192 168 37 10 Figure 5 14 ETHERNET PARAMETERS These values should match the LAN structure in which the relay will be connected The gateway must be the o
147. an Administrator Click on User Management and a dialog box will show up User Management To delete a user simply check the delete entry entry box Oe uel he Empty o wih ue and check applicable check bones id default password for new users is password Figure 4 2 SECURITY ENABLING Security Control is enabled by checking the ENABLE SECURITY check box The first time the enable security option is selected is necessary to close and open EnerVista 650 Setup to start working under security management GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 4 3 4 4 LOGING INTO ENERVISTA 650 SETUP 4 SECURITY Users have to log on in order to use EnerVista 650 Setup program after Security Control has been enabled After the start up of EnerVista 650 Setup a dialog will pop up asking for user name and password User 0 Password Forgot your password ces Figure 4 3 LOGIN USER The user name field will display the last log in user name as default in this example TestUser For the first log in session of any user name the default password will be password User will be prompt to change the password to something else after the first successfully log in Log on can also be done by clicking Security from the toolbar and choose Login New User User will be prompted with the same log in dialog box for a different user name and password combination In case a user has forgotten about the log in password
148. asswd 1000 gt Once the new password has been entered the relay returns to the general Passwords menu e PASSWORD RECOVERY FORGOT PASSWORD If the relay passwords need to be recovered the Forgot Password menu must be accessed This menu is the last option inside the text Passwords menu This menu will show two passwords which correspond to the encrypted protection settings and commands passwords as shown in the following example Cod Settings 35 0 Cod Commands 35c0 Push gt In order to obtain the decoded password from the encrypted codes provided by the relay it is necessary to contact GE Multilin and provide these encrypted codes 3 50 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 2 5 11 SELECT MAIN SCREEN The relay display offers the possibility to select the default main screen For this purpose the user must access the Select Main Screen menu through the HMI This menu includes the following options Logotype This option selects as main screen the relay logotype including the firmware and boot code versions the relay model and the communication parameters for local port COM2 F650 3 70 4 10 General Electric F650MZDF2G1HIR 19200N81 MODBUS 254 Figure 3 24 DEFAULT LOGOTYPE SCREEN Metering This option shows a Metering screen including the phase and ground currents as well as phase to phase
149. ation Firmware is related to the relay internal program designed by GE Multilin which performs the protection and control functions and which is run by the relay main microprocessor Upgrade operating system Serial and Ethernet connection Go to Communications Upgrade operating system This option allows the user to update the relay operative system The operative system or OS is the program that supports the firmware and provides auxiliary services for access to electronic devices included in the relay IMPORTANT NOTE READ CAREFULLY THE FLASH MEMORY UPDATE PROCEDURE DESCRIBED IN SECTION 5 AND CLOSE ALL THE RUNNING APPLICATIONS BEFORE PERFORMING FIRMWARE AND OPERATIVE SYSTEM UPDATING PROCESS Before updating firmware check that the firmware version that is going to be updated match the operative system version of the relay Otherwise it is necessary to update the operative system before proceeding to update the firmware Other combinations of firmware and operative system different from the listed in section 5 will not be operative The operative system version is available in the logotype main screen in HMI it is the number between brackets in the first line e g F650 1 70 2 35 The operative system version is 2 35 3 28 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE Thanks to the use of a double flash memory one with the Boo
150. ayed in upper case and between brackets To access the selected option the shuttle key must be pressed lt NEXT gt This option provides access to the next available graphic screen I O boards lt PREV gt The system returns to the previous New Events screen lt ACK gt This option acknowledges the alarm on which the cursor is located 3 58 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI ACK ALL This option acknowledges all alarms Alarm acknowledgement through the graphic HMI is considered as through communication port COM2 as it is considered to be Local in both cases When an alarm has been acknowledged a selection mark will appear to the right of its status Inactive alarms will disappear from the screen once they are acknowledged 3 2 6 6 INPUT OUTPUT MONITORING SCREEN This is the last screen available in the graphic display This screen allows viewing the status of the relay inputs and outputs as well as emulate inputs for verification of the logic or related functions and contact outputs to verify wiring The format of this screen is shown on the figure below The first line shows the name of the screen I O Cards followed by the type and description of the board where the cursor is located which will appear between selection marks and blinking IO Card Type 2 N IN 8 OUT8 Esc Prev Intro Menu L R Chg
151. ble in the future for further logic modifications either if these files are not used by the relay they are required for connecting to a relay and analyzing its configuration The program manages the logic configuration files globally so that when the user selects to save file pep in the relay the associated aut and lib files are also stored Fil inside the rel inati j 7 RECOMMENDED Communication gt Upload info files to relay through Ethernet RECOMMENDED the relay Communication gt Download info files from relay through Ethernet GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 5 2 ON LINE MODE Run EnerVista 650 Setup Connect to the relay Communications Computer ON NO Modify and send to the relay protection Settings and relay configuration YES Is it necessary to program additional logic Launch the Logic Configuration tool in EnerVista 650 Setup Setpoint Loaic Confiquration Create new or modify the existing logic File gt Open Proiect Compile Run Compile and save logic file pep and drawing design aut in Logic Configuration tool File gt Save Project Send logic to relay Run gt Send Equations to Relay and Exit PLC Graphic Editor Is the relay completely configured Save all settings amp configuration
152. chgears Used PLC equations x 12 Switchgear 1 52b Used Memory 82 extraction device ON input Figure 3 10 HMI CONFIGURATION GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 21 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 8 7 LOGIC CONFIGURATION This logic configuration allows creating more complex configurations using the graphical PLC than using the tables from Relay Configuration For file management detailed information go to section 3 1 5 File description pep Header for Logic project PLC project file containing the necessary information relative to the relay model logic libraries included in the project lib graphic file name aut etc aut PLC Project file containing all the drawings used by the logic required by 650 relay based on IEC 61131 3 standard Functional block diagram FDB lib User programmable logic objects Library file to be included as an object in a PLC project Logic packages that can be stored into libraries and be distributed in different PLC projects 3 1 8 8 CLOCK This menu allows to update the date and time of the relay either synchronizing them with the PC clock or entering the information manually Clock Xd Month Day Year 2 1 204 4 Relay Date 2 2 2 Print Screen Computer Date 11 02 2004 Minute Second Compu
153. circuit 1 supervision element Contact Input 16 SUP for slot X Output for circuit 2 supervision element GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Contact Inputs Type 4 Board Contact Inputs Type 5 Board Digital Values Contact Inputs Type 5 Board Analog Values Contact Outputs Type 1 amp 2 Board Activation signals Contact Outputs Type 1 amp 2 Board Reset signals Contact Outputs Type 1 amp 2 Board Status CC1 in Board X CC2 in Board X CONT IP_X_CC2 Input 32 CC32 in Board X Input 1 CC1 in Board X Input 2 CC2 in Board X CONT IP_X_CC32 CONT IP X CC1 CONT IP X CC2 Input 16 CC16 in Board X Analog Input 01 in Board X CONT IP X CC16 ANALOG INP X 01 ANALOG INP X 02 ANALOG INP X 03 Analog Input 02 in Board X Analog Input 03 in Board X ANALOG INP X 08 Analog Input 08 in Board X CONT OP OPER X 01 Logic signal for Output 1 activation Board X CONT OP OPER X 02 Logic signal for Output 2 activation Board X CONT OP OPER X 08 Logic signal for Output 8 activation Board X CONT RESET X 01 CONT RESET X 02 board X 01 latched output reset board X 02 latched output reset CONT RESET X 08 board X 08 latched output reset CONT OP X 01 CONT OP X 02 Contact output 1 Board X operation Contact output 2 Board X operation CONTOP X 8 Contact output 8 Board X
154. cording to European standards connects the F485 converter to the F650 rear communication port In order to minimize communication errors that could be caused by external noise it is recommended to use a shielded twist pair In order to avoid loops where external currents could flow the cable shield must be grounded only at one end The converter box GND terminals are connected to the relay SDA SDB GND terminals respectively For long communications cables longer than 1 km the RS485 circuit must be terminated in an RC network i e 120 ohm 1 nF This circuit is shown on Figure 1 17 RS485 CONNECTION FOR 650 UNITS associated to text Zt DB 9 DB 9 gt MALE FEMALE mm CONNECTOR CONNECTOR E E LI LI Pin Pin DCD 1 1 DCD mM 2 5 X DTR 4 4 DTR GND 5 5 GND DSR 6 6 DSR RTS 7 7 RTS CTS 8 8 CTS RI 9 9 RI Figure 1 16 RELAY PC CONNECTION FOR RS232 FRONT PORT To minimize errors from noise the use of shielded twisted pair wire is recommended For correct operation polarity must be respected although a different polarity will not damage the unit For instance the relays must be connected with all RS485 SDA terminals connected together and all SDB terminals connected together This may result confusing sometimes as the RS485 standard refers only to terminals named A and B although many devices use terminals named and As a general rule terminals A s
155. cted for Settings change and Commands execution To password protect the relay it is first necessary to set the desired password using the corresponding Change Pwd menu The default password is 0000 This password provides access to the whole relay functionality Once a new password has been set the user must log in to access the protected functionality otherwise the relay will request the password when trying to change settings or execute commands Once the password is entered the relay is unprotected as if the user had logged in and the user must log out to protect again the relay a PASSWORD RANGE The valid range for F650 passwords is a number from 0000 to 9999 The default password is 0000 which provides access to the whole relay functionality This is the default option for enabling relay use without using passwords GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 49 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES b ENTERING THE PASSWORD LOGIN PWD This operation is the same for both the settings and commands passwords The only difference will be the access menu For entering the password the user must access the Login menus inside the Password menu Login Pwd Settings or Login Pwd Commands The relay requests the password with the following message on the screen Setting passwd Login lt 1000 gt For entering the desired password the user must rotate the shuttle key to the l
156. d After selecting the setting the value for that setting will appear between brackets Choose the new value moving up and down the shuttle key After selecting the appropriate value press again the shuttle key to fix that value To save the new settings go to the end of the menu rotating the shuttle key right and select the menu Press Enter to save settings When pressing the shuttle key inside this menu the new settings will be saved Snapshot event Select the menu Change settings and press the shuttle key to enter in the next Fault report sublevel View settings Change settings Product Setup gt B System Setup gt If there is more than one sublevel select the next sublevel by rotating and pressing Protection Elements the shuttle key till the last level is reached Control Elements gt General Settings Breaker Press the shuttle key in the function to be modified lt return Phase CT Ratio Group of settings 1 Setting to be modified Value 1 6000 1 Range and step Phase CT Ratio 1 Pressing the shuttle key value appears between brackets and can be modified 20 rotating the shuttle key Pressing again the shuttle key the new value will be 1 6000 1 accepted Once all settings inside the group have been modified go to the last screen rotating Press Intro the shuttle key and press Enter At this moment of time the new settings will be to save settings active in the relay Figure 3 2
157. d Figure 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP MAIN SCREEN F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 1 3 MAIN SCREEN 3 3 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 4 COMMUNICATION MENU To start communicating with the relay go to Communication gt Computer gt Computer settings section in the main EnerVista 650 Setup menu Safety instructions must be followed before connecting the computer to the relay Safety instructions are detailed in section 1 1 3 Connect the relay ground terminal and the communicating computer to a good grounding Otherwise communication may not be viable or even in worst cases the relay and or the computer could result damaged by overvoltages For on line working previously ensure that all relay communication parameters such as baudrate slave ModBus address etc match the computer settings COMMUNICATION COMPUTER COMPUTER SETTINGS Slave Address 254 x I Cancel Communication Port x Baud Rate 920 Parity none Print screen Control type Nocontroltype Startup Mode File mode Defaults COMMUNICATION COHTROL 650 Setup is not talking to an 650 Status COMMUNICATION OPTIMIZATION Maximum time to wait for a response ms 5000 Maximum attempts before eed j On xij OFF 3 Communication comm failure sar GNE Figure 3 2 COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS MENU
158. d outputs the active status ON is represented by the lighting of the corresponding input or output The legend at the bottom of the screen indicates how to navigate Esc Prev Intro Menu L R Chg Card Esc Prev Returns to the general I O screen Intro Menu Provides access to the I O menu next view test input test output L R Chg Card Moving the shuttle key to the left or right provides access to the status of inputs outputs for the different boards available in the relay lt TEST INPUT gt This option allows testing the input activation in emulation mode The displayed screen is similar to the viewing screen but in this case the user can operate the different relay inputs This screen shows the Input name lit up showing that this is an Input emulation mode The first relay input will appear blinking and between brackets the user can select a different input by rotating the shuttle key When the shuttle key is pressed the selected input will be activated Navigation through this screen is indicated by the following legend Esc Exit Text Intro Chg Input 3 60 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI Esc Exit Text The ESC option returns to the general I O board menu Intro Chg Input Pressing the shuttle key on the blinking input this input will be activated in emulation mode Note input emulation can only be execut
159. d overcurrent element operation trip Group 2 phase C PH TOC2 HIGH PKP Phase timed overcurrent element pickup Group 2 any phase PH TOC2 HIGH OP Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group 2 any phase PH TOC3 HIGH A BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 3 phase A PH TOC3 HIGH B BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 3 phase B PH TOC3 HIGH C BLK Phase timed overcurrent element block Group 3 phase C F650 Digital Bay Controller A 17 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT PH HIGH A PKP timed overcurrent element pickup Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group PH TOC3 HIGH A OP 3 phase A PH TOC3 HIGH B PKP timed overcurrent element pickup Group 3 phase Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group PH TOC3 HIGH B OP 3 phase B PH TOC3 HIGH C PKP QUE timed overcurrent element pickup Group 3 phase Phase TOC High Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group PH TOC3 HIGH C OP 3 phase C PH TOC3 HIGH PKP Been timed overcurrent element pickup Group 3 any Phase timed overcurrent element operation trip Group PH TOC3 HIGH OP 3 any phase PH TOC1 LOW A BLK overcurrent element block Low level Group PH TOC1 LOW B BLK overcurrent element block Low level Group PH TOC1 LOW C BLK qs timed overcurrent element block Low level Group PH
160. d time Reset time Snapshot Events Zero sequence 6 3 High level 3 Low level 2 00 to 70 00 Volts in steps of 0 01 Voltage calculated from phases if Auxiliary voltage is set to Vx Voltage Measured directly from the fourth voltage transformer if Auxiliary voltage is set to VN 1 reading 0 1 Full Scale from 10 to 275 V IN calculated from phases IG measured directly from the fourth current transformer 0 005 to 0 400 Amps in steps of 0 001 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10 1 5 of the reading for higher values 0 00 to 600 00 seconds in steps of 0 01 0 01 to 4 50 Watts in steps of 0 01 0 to 360 in steps of 1 0 00 to 600 00 seconds in steps of 0 01 1 of the reading at 0 8 PF 1 and 0 8 lt PF 1 Inverse Curve Definite time FlexCurve A B C D user curve 0 02 to 2 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 13 596 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Selectable by setting 45 ms at 50 Hz typically 2 4 2 CONTROL Three pole tripping schemes Up to 4 reclose attempts before lockout Independent dead time setting before each shot adjustable between 0 and 900 s in steps of 0 01 s 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Selectable by setting 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Selectable by setting Possibility to modify protection settings after each shot programmable through PLC block signals available after each shot 2 16 F650 Digital Bay Controll
161. ded When the files transfer is finished a message appears informing that it is necessary to wait sometime before resetting the unit in order to start working with the new firmware version in the relay When the whole process has finished a message will be displayed asking to switch the F650 on and off At this point the firmware upgrade procedure is finished and the relay is ready to be powered down and back up to check that the firmware has been upgraded properly When upgrading the firmware the entire settings and relay configuration are reset to factory default value Once the equipment has been properly checked the F650 is ready to be used Remember that calibration settings and configuration must be loaded to the relay To recover the relay calibration Go to EnerVista 650 Setup main menu Communication Calibration Set calibration Settings to store in the relay the calibration settings if necessary File gt Config file 650 Converter to convert the setting and configuration file 650 for the relay if is was in a previous version format to the new version see section 3 1 7 2 in human interfaces in this manual File Send info to relay to send the new settings and configuration file to the unit GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 5 11 5 4 STEP LIST SUMMARY FOR VERSIONS 1 70 AND LATER 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE Notice that boot program and firmware upgrade will erase all the data contained in the rela
162. djust an internal jumper to use the copper port Remote I O CAN bus Does it support DeviceNet protocol No it does not support DeviceNet Which functions are available in the relay web server Currently it includes several functions for viewing measures and retrieving information 011 May I use URPC to program the relay Only oscillography records may be viewed with URPC once downloaded to a file using the ENERVISTA 650 Setup software GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 7 1 7 1 COMMUNICATIONS 7 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Q12 A12 Q13 A13 Q14 A14 Q15 A15 Q16 A16 Q17 A17 7 2 May I connect URs and F650s to the same Ethernet Yes either in cable as in fiber or even mix them How do I connect with fiber 10 BASE FL UR relays with 100 BASE FX F650 relays Take into account that an UR is never connected directly to a F650 neither two UR nor two F650 with each other but they are always connected through a hub or switch The hub or switch where the URs are connected must be 10 BASE FL and the hub or switch for the F650 must be 100 BASE FX How do I connect with cable 10 BASE T UR relays with 10 100 BASE TX F650 relays The answer to this question is as described before but also in this case there is an advantage added because the hub 10 BASE TX port is able to understand a 10 BASE T port This means that a hub 10 BASE T port may be connected to an UR or a F650 and a hub 10 100 BASE TX
163. duct Setup gt Communication Settings Ethernet The main screen of the F650 web server shows the different monitoring possibilities for snapshot events events alarms oscillography fault reports data logger and metering values provided by the relay through the web In order to access the different functions provided by the web server the user must simply click on the list name on the left side of the screen The web server for version 1 70 and higher ones allows the user to visualize the different web server screen languages English French Spanish and Russian by pressing the language button on the top right corner of the main window Take into account that this selection only changes the language in the web server screen all the relay texts such as snapshot events control events etc will be the in the language selected in the relay see section 3 2 5 12 in this manual 3 650 Microsoft Internet Explorer Ep E x Archivo Edici n Favoritos Herramientas Ayuda gt 2 A Qhe squeda igFavortos S Sp 2 Direcci n http 41192 168 37 177 er Osnat 15 Vinculos a Release 3 22 SP Web 3 22 0 SP Lang 3 22 0 a Lm S50 javascript Reload Chinese z x EE GE Intranet local Figure 3 34 WEB SERVER MAIN SCREEN Ne 3 62 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN
164. e Board X Status depends on the relay model A 2 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS VIRTUAL OUTPUT 000 Configurable logic output 000 VIRTUAL OUTPUT 001 Configurable logic output 001 Configurable Logic Outputs 512 elements VIRTUAL OUTPUT 511 Configurable logic output 511 Operation bit 001 0 the configured time expires or OPERATION BIT 1 when success conditions are met 1 operation 1 is executed and interlocks are fulfilled Operation bit 002 0 the configured time expires or OPERATION BIT 2 when success conditions are met 1 operation 2 is Operation Bits 24 elements executed and interlocks are fulfilled Operation bit 024 0 the configured time expires or OPERATION BIT 24 when success conditions are met 1 operation 24 is executed and interlocks are fulfilled GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller A 3 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Control Event Bits 128 elements Latched Virtual Inputs 32 elements Self Reset Virtual Inputs 32 elements Contact Inputs Type 1Board Contact Inputs Type 2 Board A 4 Control Event 1 Activation Bit CONTROL EVENT 2 Control Event 2 Activation Bit CONTROL EVENT 128 Control Event 128 Activation Bit LATCHED VIRT IP 1 Latched virtual input 1 LATCHED VIRT IP 2 Latched virtual input 2 LATCHED VIRT IP 32 SEL
165. e above points are correct but the problem persists o Force the Speed amp Duplex to 10 Mb Full o Disable and enable the Ethernet connection while the files are being sent during the sending file message Note if the bootware upgrading procedure got stuck at this point the relay flash memory has been erased and the upgrade procedure must be completed to start working with the unit If the procedure is not completed the HMI will show the message Os Loading and the relay will not start up Firmware The procedure can not start due to ethernet problems The Ethernet connection does not work properly e Check the same as in the point above for bootware Note if the firmware upgrading procedure got stuck at this point the relay will not be upgraded After switching it off and on will continue working with the former firmware and bootware versions Firmware Program messages file do not exist in local drive File path is too long File has no file attributes e Check the path length copy the files in a shorter path and start again the upgrade procedure e Check the unzip process to see if the file properties are properly set to File e Note if the firmware upgrading procedure got stuck after having been started the former firmware has been erased and the upgrade procedure must be completed to start working with the unit If the procedure is not completed the HMI will show the messa
166. e for any damage of the relay connected equipment or personnel whenever these safety rules are not followed GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 3 1 1 IMPORTANT PROCEDURES 1 GETTING STARTED 1 1 2 INSPECTION CHECKLIST Unwrap the relay and inspect the relay for physical damage Verify that the model on the label on the side of the relay matches the model ordered GE Multilin MODEL F650BFBFIGOHI DIGITAL BAY CONTROLLER SERIAL No 90 017 102 MFG DATE OCT 14 2003 POWER 110 250 30W 120 230 V 30VA 50 60 Hz MAC 00A0F408056D 90 017 102 Figure 1 4 IDENTIFICATION LABEL A4455P6 Please ensure that you received the following items with your relay e Mounting screws for fixing the relay to a cabinet e CD containing EnerVista 650 Setup software Wiring diagram Certificate of Compliance 1 4 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 1 GETTING STARTED 1 1 IMPORTANT PROCEDURES For product information instruction manual updates and the latest software updates please visit the GE Multilin Home Page www geindustrial com multilin Note If there is any physical damage detected on the relay or any of the contents listed are missing please contact GE Multilin immediately at EUROPE MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA GE MULTILIN Av Pinoa 10 48170 Zamudio Vizcaya SPAIN Tel 34 94 485 88 54 Fax 34 94 485 88 38 E mail multilin tech euro 2ge com A
167. e front LEDs can be monitored 3 1 9 2 STATUS The following menu includes all the available protection status in the device Table 3 16 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF STATUS MENU STATUS GEK 113000T Operation bits Breaker Protection Control Elements Protection Summary Snapshots events summary ModBus User Map Switchgear Status Calibration Flex Curves System Info Records Status SNTP IRIG B Up to 24 elements OPERATION BIT XX is 0 when the configured time out for the operation XX expires or when success conditions are met And it is 1 if operation XX is executed and interlocks are fulfilled Breaker status open closed or undefined The rest of the status signals corresponding to the switchgear XX configured as breaker are in the Status Switchgear Status Switchgear menu Status of all the protection units in the device Status of all the control units available in the device This screen shows a complete list of all protection and control elements in the relay showing their status enabled or not Summary of the snapshot events status enabled or disabled for protection control inputs and outputs boards and switchgear Up to 256 elements Value in SIGNED INT 16 BIT format of the reading for the selected address configured Setpoint gt Product Setup gt ModBus User Up to 16 blocks of switchgear status signals for the
168. e on this screen shows an index that indicates the number of the configured control event that corresponds to the displayed alarm followed by the alarm text configured in the Control Events menu inside the Relay Configuration option Setpoint gt Relay Configuration Control Events Alarm Panel 1 3 1 OPERATIONS IN LOCAL MODE 7 11 04 16 54 16 OPERATIONS IN LO 7 11 04 16 54 16 GENERAL PICKUP 7 11 04 16 54 16 GENERAL TRIP Esc Prev Intro Next Figure 3 31 ALARMS PANEL IN HMI The rest of the screen shows the different alarms produced in the relay with the date and time when the corresponding event was produced followed by the alarm identification text and its status active ON or inactive OFF In the previous example the produced alarm is the change to local of the execution of operations OPERATIONS IN LOCAL MODE the date and time when this event has been produced and its status ON The bottom of the screen shows the legend that indicates how to navigate through the different options available in the screen ESC Prev Intro Next ESC Prev Pressing the ESC key the system returns to the previous New Events screen Intro Next Pressing the shuttle key the user accessed the available alarms menu which includes the following options next prev ack ack all To access the different options provided by the alarms graphic menu the user must move the shuttle key left to right The selected option will be displ
169. e sequence quantities 0 00 to 300 00 V in steps of 0 01 0 02 to 250 00 O in steps of 0 01 3 5 to 50 in steps of 1 3 0 000 to 65 535 s in steps of 0 001 0 000 to 65 535 s in steps of 0 001 13 596 or 60 ms whichever is greater 60 ms at 50 Hz typically Selectable by setting 1 to 16 selection of switchgear for breaker control 0 00 to 9999 99 in steps of 0 01 kA s 0 03 to 0 25 s in steps of 0 01 s 0 to 9999 in steps of 1 1 to 60 in steps of 1 Selectable by setting F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 19 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 2 12 BREAKER MAINTENANCE Breaker Counters for Phases 0 00 9999 99 in steps of 0 01 kA s Breaker Openings Counter Breaker Closings Counter 2 4 2 13 SWITCHGEAR Switchgear Snapshot Events 0 to 9999 in steps of 1 0 to 9999 in steps of 1 1 to16 configurable in relay configuration screen Selectable by setting for each switchgear in system setup 2 4 3 MONITORING 2 4 3 1 OSCILLOGRAPHY Maximum Records Sampling rate Capacity per record Trigger position Trigger Data Data Storage Format Automatic Overwrite Snapshot Events 2 4 3 2 FAULT LOCATOR Method Positive Sequence Module Positive Sequence Angle Zero Sequence Module Zero Sequence Angle Line Length Accuracy Show Fault on HMI Snapshot Events Maximum Records Data 2 20 Up to 20 Oscillography records Programmable to
170. ed through the TEST INPUT tool on the graphic display TEST OUTPUT This option allows testing the output activation in emulation mode The displayed screen is similar to the viewing screen but in this case the user can operate the different relay contact outputs to test the wiring This screen shows the Output name lit up showing that this is an output emulation mode The first relay output will appear blinking and between brackets the user can select a different output by rotating the shuttle key When the shuttle key is pressed the selected output will be activated Navigation through this screen is indicated by the following legend Esc Exit Text Intro Chg Output Esc Exit Text The ESC option returns to the general I O board menu Intro Chg Output Pressing the shuttle key on the blinking output this output will be activated in emulation mode Note Output emulation can be executed through the TEST OUTPUT tool on the graphic display and also through communications using EnerVista 650 Setup software for all F650 models L R Chg Card Rotating the shuttle key allows to change the selected I O board in the main I O screen GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 61 3 3 WEB SERVER 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 3 1 HOME The web server in the F650 can be accessed running the Windows explorer and keying being XXX XXX XXx xxx the relay IP address which must be configured in Setpoint gt Pro
171. eft decrease or to the right increase and establish the desired number Once entered the selected password between brackets has been entered the relay will show the message Processing passwd Wait If the password is correct the relay will allow access to the settings change or command execution It is not necessary to enter the password every time a change is to be performed The relay will request the password 15 minutes after the last keypad action has taken place This period of time is the same that takes the relay to turn off the display backlighting c LOGGING OUT LOGOUT PWD To disable access to settings and commands the user must logout Logout Pwd Settings or Logout Pwd Commands For safety reasons if the user does not log out the relay will do it automatically 15 minutes after the last keypad action d CHANGING THE PASSWORD CHANGE PWD COMMANDS To set a password in the relay both for settings and commands the corresponding menu must be accessed inside the Password menu Change Pwd Settings or Change Pwd Commands To modify the password the user must first introduce the existing password if the relay has the default factory password this would be 0000 For modifying the password the relay requests the existing password with the following message Setting or Command passwd Login 0000 gt Once the entered password has been acknowledged the new password must be entered Setting o Command passwd New p
172. element block Group 2 Frequency rate of change FREQ RATE2 PKP Frequency rate of change element pickup Group 2 FREQ RATE2 OP Frequency rate of change element operation Group 2 FREQ RATES BLOCK Frequency rate of change element block Group FREQ RATES PKP Frequency rate of change element pickup Group 3 FREQ RATES Frequency rate of change element operation Group 3 Broken conductor block Group 1 oa oe Broken conductor element Pickup Group 1 BROKEN CONDUCT1 OP Broken conductor element operation Group 1 BROKEN CONDUCT Broken conductor block Group 2 Broken Conductor oo CONDUCT2 Broken conductor element Pickup Group 2 BROKEN CONDUCT2 OP Broken conductor element operation Group 2 Bu een CONDUCTS Broken conductor block Group 3 PROSEN CONDUCTES Broken conductor element Pickup Group 3 BROKEN CONDUCT3 OP Broken conductor element operation Group 3 A 28 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Forward Power 32FP Breaker Maintenance Breaker Status Breaker Failure GEK 113000T FWD PWR1 BLOCK Forward power element block Group 1 FWD PWR1 STG1 PKP Forward Power element pickup level 1 Group 1 FWD PWR1 STG1 OP Forward Power element operation level 1 Group 1 FWD PWR1 STG2 PKP Forward Power element pickup level 2 Group 1 FWD PWR1 STG2 OP Forward Po
173. ent Pwr PosMWatthour Freeze RMS la Primary Vn Primary Phase C Real Pwr Neg MWatthour Freeze RMS Ib Primary Va Primary 3 Phase Reactive Pwr Positive MVarhour RMS Ic Primary Vb Primary 3 Phase Apparent Pwr Negative MVarhour RMS lg Primary Vc Primary 3 Phase Real Pwr Positive MWatthour RMS Isg Primary VL Primary Phase A Power Factor Negative MWatthour 10 Primary VBB Primary Phase B Power Factor l1 Primary Phase A Reactive Pwr Phase C Power Factor I2 Primary Phase A Apparent Pwr 3 Phase Power Factor 3 54 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 2 6 8 ALL EVENTS SCREEN This screen shows all events that have been produced in the relay The top of the screen shows its name All Events and the relative and total number of events contained in the screen All Events 1 479 This legend means that there are a total of 479 events stored in the relay and that the cursor is located on event number 1 The information shown on this screen for each event is as follows Hour Minute Second Millisecond Event text Event status ON OFF All Events 1 479 Ready LED ON 16 11 08 035 Ready LED ON 16 11 08 017 Breaker Closed ON 16 11 08 005 Isolated Gnd3 Block OFF 16 11 08 005 Isolated Gnd2 Block OFF 16 11 08 005 Isolated Gnd1 Block OFF 16 11 08 005 Sens Gnd TOC3 Block OFF 16 11 08 005 Sens Gnd TOC2 Block OFF 16 11 08 005 Sens Gnd TOC1 Block
174. enu View settings ENTER ESCAPE Fault Report 1 If there is more than one fault record rotate the shuttle key and select the desired NAF dist 0 00 record to be displayed Time 09 21 40 545 Date 07 Nov 2004 Fault Report 2 First screen with general fault information Fault report number fault type distance NAF dist 0 00 and date and time Time 09 22 03 047 Date 07 Nov 2004 ENTER ESCAPE Fault Report 2 Second screen with metering data for that fault record All this data is a summary la 0 00 Vab 0 00 from the fault report file that can be retrieved via EnerVista 650 Setup software Ib 0 00 0 00 Ic 0 00 0 00 Figure 3 20 FAULT REPORT NAVIGATION IN HMI Possible fault types are as follows GROUND Ground faults AG phase A to ground ABG phase AB to ground BG phase BG to ground BCG phase BCG to ground CG phase CG to ground CAG phase CAG to ground PHASE Phase to phase faults AB phaseAto phase B BC phase B to phase C CA phase C to phase A 3PHASE Three phase faults shown on the display as 3PH NAF Fault type not calculated GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 41 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 5 6 VIEW SETTINGS To enter this menu press the shuttle key when the option View Settings is selected in main menu 0 A secondary level will be displayed with different sublevels as shown on Table 3
175. er GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 24 22 SYNCHROCHECK 25 Dead live levels for line and bus Maximum voltage difference Maximum angle difference Maximum frequency slip Synchronism time Angle accuracy Dead Source function Snapshot Events 2 4 2 3 FUSE FAILURE Algorithm based on positive sequence of voltage and current Activation by 2 4 ratio 2 4 2 4 BREAKER FAILURE 50BF Current Input Rated current Pickup level for supervision Pickup level for high level Pickup level for low level Pickup level for internal arcing Dropout level Level Accuracy Timing accuracy Snapshot Events 2 4 2 5 BROKEN CONDUCTOR 12 11 Pickup level Dropout level Trip delay Timing accuracy Snapshot Events Operation Threshold 12 11 current inhibition level GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 0 00 to 300 00 in steps of 0 01 V 2 00 to 300 00 V in steps of 0 01 V 2 0 to 80 0 in steps of 0 1 10 to 5000 mHz in steps of 10 mHz 0 01 to 600 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 3 DL DB Dead Line Dead Bus LL DB Live Line Dead Bus DL LB Dead Line Live Bus Selectable by setting Fundamental Phasor without harmonics For connection to 1 or 5 A CTs 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A 97 to 98 of the pickup level 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10
176. ermined by Voltage Threshold A For the next 4 inputs the setting is Voltage Threshold B Inputs or contact converters CC1 CC8 must also be set to POSITIVE If the relay incorporates more input modules these tests must also be applied to them GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 9 6 8 INPUTS AND OUTPUTS 6 COMMISSIONING 6 8 2 CONTACT OUTPUTS The correct activation of every output will be verified For every output activation command of a single contact must be given and then verify that only that contact is activated Go to EnerVista 650 Setup Software Setpoint gt Inputs Outputs gt Force Outputs For switched contacts the change of state of both contacts shall be verified 6 8 3 CIRCUIT CONTINUITY SUPERVISION INPUTS Supervision inputs will be tested as normal inputs revising the voltage level that will be 19 Volts Coil 1 Apply 19 Vdc to both 52 a terminals F1 F2 and 52 b terminals F3 F4 Coil 1 circuit supervision inputs and verify that they are activated Apply 19 Vdc to both 52 a terminals F1 F2 and 52 b terminals F3 F4 Coil 1 circuit supervision inputs and verify that they are activated Remove voltage from both inputs and verify that it takes them 500 ms to change state deactivate Coil 2 Apply 19 Vdc to both 52 a terminals F15 F16 and 52 b terminals F17 F18 Coil 2 circuit supervision inputs and verify that they are activated Apply 19 Vdc to both 52 a terminals F15 F16 and
177. ernet Does this equipment support dual IP access Yes it supports two independent IP addresses in aliasing mode Those address go in the communications settings NetworkO and Network1 Is the protocol IEC 870 103 supported by the F650 At this moment it is not supported Can the F650 be used as a DNP master station Not at this moment It works as a slave IED station for all protocols How many communication ports are included in the F650 The equipment has 2 different boards one for asynchronous serial ports and another for a high speed synchronous Ethernet port The first board has 2 comm ports COM1 and COM2 COM is multiplexed with the front serial RS232 port whereas the COM1 port is completely independent from COM2 The synchronous LAN port is COMS Are there one or two Ethernet ports The equipment has only 1 Ethernet port For redundant fiber optic versions redundancy is done at the physical level fiber optic but there is just one port How many different communication Ethernet sessions can be opened through the LAN port ModBus TCP IP 4 sockets DNP TCP IP 3 sessions from version 1 72 on May I use the cooper 10 100 BaseTX connection included in the basic model with all protocols Yes it may be used with all protocols In noisy substation environments and or long distances it is recommended to use fiber optic options due to much better EMC performance and immunity For fiber optic models it is necessary to a
178. ervoltage element operation BC Group 3 PHASE UV3 CA PKP Undervoltage element pickup CA Group 3 PHASE UV3 CA OP Undervoltage element operation CA Group 3 PHASE UV3 PKP Pickup of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE UV3 OP F650 Digital Bay Controller Operation of any of the above mentioned elements GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Phase OV GEK 113000T PHASE OV1 BLOCK Phase overvoltage element block Group 1 PHASE OV1 AB PKP Overvoltage element pickup AB Group 1 PHASE OV1 AB OP Overvoltage element operation AB Group 1 PHASE OV1 BC PKP Overvoltage element pickup BC Group 1 PHASE OV1 BC OP Overvoltage element operation BC Group 1 PHASE OV1 CA PKP Overvoltage element pickup CA Group 1 PHASE OV1 CA OP Overvoltage element operation CA Group 1 PHASE OV1 PKP Pickup of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE OV1 OP Operation of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE OV2 BLOCK Phase overvoltage element block Group 2 PHASE OV2 AB PKP Overvoltage element pickup AB Group 2 PHASE OV2 AB OP PHASE OV2 BC PKP Overvoltage element operation AB Group 2 Overvoltage element pickup BC Group 2 PHASE OV2 BC OP Overvoltage element operation BC Group 2 PHASE OV2 CA PKP Overvoltage element pickup CA Group 2 PHASE OV2 CA OP PHASE OV2 PKP
179. ew address in the PC that corresponds to the same LAN pattern that the relay has in the example bellow 192 168 37 54 Figure 5 4 IP ADDRESS FOR COMPUTER Windows allows Multihosting so it permits having as many IP addresses as desired It is necessary to turn off and on the computer to activate the new address that has been assigned to the PC 5 4 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE 5 2 BOOT CODE UPGRADE Boot code upgrade is performed using EnerVista 650 Setup It is required that there is no active communication between the program and the relay and that no configuration file is open In this case menu option Upgrade Boot code will be enabled under the EnerVista 650 Setup Communication menu During the boot code upgrading process all the data stored in the relay will be lost so it is required to save all calibration settings oscillography etc from the relay before the upgrade It is extremely important to save the relay settings and calibration before continuing with the process EnerVista 650 Setup X All RELAY INFORMATION will be LOST Please be sure of having saved CALIBRATION SETTINGS PROTECTION and CONTROL SETTINGS and RELAY CONFIGURATION before upgrading Do you want to proceed Ls Figure 5 5 LOST DATA WARNING MESSAGE To upgrade the boot code it is required to connect an RS232 cable to the front of the relay and an Ethernet cable to the
180. f interface parameters that must be entered for proper Ethernet communications 4 Enter the relay IP address from Setpoint Product Setup Communication Settings Network IP ADDRESS in the IP Address field in MODBUS TCP IP SETUP 5 Enter the relay ModBus address from Setpoint Product Setup Communication Settings gt ModBus Protocol gt ModBus Address 1 2 setting in the Unit Identifier Slave Address field 6 Enter the ModBus port address from Setpoint gt Product Setup Communication Settings ModBus Protocol gt ModBus Port Number setting in the ModBus Port field 7 The Device has now been configured for Ethernet communications Proceed to press the ON button to begin communicating GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 15 1 3 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE 1 GETTING STARTED b CONFIGURING AN RS232 CONNECTION Before starting verify that the RS232 serial cable is properly connected to the RS232 port on the front panel of the relay 1 Install and start the latest version of the EnerVista 650 Setup software available from the GE EnerVista CD or online from http www GEindustrial com multilin see previous section for installation instructions Go to Communication Computer and enter the following data referred to communications Select Control Type as No Control Type from the drop down list This option will display a number of interface parameters that must be entered for proper serial
181. f the groups having a different color The first group of LED indicators is latched by hardware red color ones usually configured for trip signals The second group yellow color and third group green color of LED indicators are self reset type and will be reset once the condition has been cleared but can be latched using logic through PLC configuration The ESC key is used to reset any latched led indicator once the condition has been cleared Keep the ESC button pressed for more than 3 seconds all LEDs will light up verifying their correct operation When releasing the ESC key all indicators programmed with memory such as tripping LEDs will be reset The latched conditions can also be reset via communications using the LED reset input to configure this signal go to Setpoint gt Relay Configuration Protection elements LED RESET INPUT By default this LED reset input signal is set to LEDS RESET operation 3 2 3 PUSHBUTTONS The front panel provides Push buttons keypad 5 user programmable plus ESC non configurable shuttle key or shuttle key for easy navigation command pushbutton to select operations mode RS232 port intended for connection to a portable PC 3 2 3 1 KEYPAD AND SHUTTLE KEY This button can be used for closing the user programmable switchgear It is fully programmable by the user This button can be used for closing the user programmable switchgear It is fully programmable by the user
182. ff sequence can be also available through communications see chapter 5 8 with a configurable signal that can be set in the Setpoint gt Relay Configuration Protection Elements screen 3 2 4 FRONT PORT AND COVER SEALING SYSTEM Figure 3 16 shows the detail of the front RS232 communication port and local remote button access cover sealing system The sealing system is similar to the one used in energy meters using wire and plumb seal High quality plastic have been used in the design to withstand extreme environmental conditions both mechanical and electrical sun radiation humidity etc in order to guarantee a long life for the unit Cover sealing system Screen contrast regulator Electrically isolated RS232 port Figure 3 16 DETAIL OF FRONT PORT AND COVER SEALING SYSTEM GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 33 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 5 TEXT MENUS 3 2 5 1 NAVIGATION IN TEXT MENU Text menu is available for all models this is the main menu for visualizing actual values metering changing settings etc through the HMI In models with graphical display M in ordering code besides this text main menu there are several screens providing more performance for control purposes Press or rotate left or right the shuttle key to enter the main menu starting from the standby screen default main screen The default main screen can be accessed pressi
183. g 10 ones yellow and green are self reset but can be latched through PLC configuration The LED s can be reset by hardware pressing the front esc key during more than 3 seconds or using the LED reset signal through PLC configuration F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 4 4 4 USER DEFINABLE DISPLAYS Number of configurable displays 1 one line diagram fully configurable In graphical displays only Number of fixed displays 6 Metering in primary values Snapshot events all and new Alarms Inputs and outputs screen with test functionality for inputs and outputs In graphical displays only Number of selectable displays Logotype metering or both in scrolling mode can be selectable as default screen in text display for all models basic and mimic The metering screen contains current and voltages for phases and ground in primary values 2 4 4 5 USER PROGRAMMABLE FRONT KEYS Number of configurable Keys 5 Operation drive PLC operands 2 4 5 METERING 2 4 5 1 CURRENT Accuracy 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10 A for phases and ground at nominal frequency 1 5 of the reading 1 mA from 0 005 to 5 A for sensitive ground 1 5 of the reading for higher values 2 4 5 2 VOLTAGE Accuracy 1 reading 0 1 Full Scale from 10 to 275 V 2 4 5 3 REAL POWER WATTS Accuracy 1 of the reading at 0 8 lt PF lt 1 0 and 0 8 lt PF lt 1 0 2
184. ge Os Loading and the relay will not start up Firmware It is not possible to to upgrade models without IEC 61850 to models with IEC 61850 automatically EC 61850 upgrade from standard models is password protected e If the customer wants to upgrade from a standard model to a 6 one ask the factory for a Upgrade package depending on the former hardware the unit has if hardware 00 they will need hardware firmware change passwored protected if hardware 01 or above they will need only firmware change passwored protected GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 8 3 8 1 SYMPTOMS AND RECOMMENDED ACTIONS 8 FebOTROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 8 4 Firmware During the upgrading Communication problems during the e EnerVista 650 Setup program do not procces for models upgrade procecure ask for a password if the relay model is with IEC 61850 The procedure has been not lEC61850 and the procedure is sometimes it ask for performed in a continuous way completed password and e f during the process there is any sometimes not problem and has to be started again this second time the program will ask to confirm the IEC password f the EnerVista 650 Setup program is closed and started again during the bootware and firmware upgrade process the program will ask to confirm the IEC password Firmware Password for Model change e The password is tied to the model IEC61850
185. ge and sequence components Line and Bus frequencies Table 3 21 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF INPUTS OUTPUTS MENU INPUTS OUTPUTS GEK 113000T Contact Inputs Contact Output Status Contact Outputs Operates Contact Outputs Resets IO Board Status Virtual Inputs Virtual Outputs Remote Outputs Remote Inputs Analog Inputs Status of digital inputs in the Relay for each board according to the relay model Status of digital outputs in the Relay for each board according to the relay model Status activated or not of the variables used to operate a contact output To configure these signals go to Setpoint Relay Configuration Outputs menu Status activated or not of the variables used to reset a contact output To configure these signals go to Setpoint gt Relay Configuration Outputs menu This output reset Command will only be effective if the latch option has been Selected for the Output setting on the I O board thus when the contact output has been configured to emulate function 86 latching relay Status of I O boards This status provides if the hardware it is OK boards matching relay model correctly inserted in their tracks in good state and communicating through the internal CAN Bus Status of Virtual inputs latched 32 and self reset 32 Status of virtual outputs configured in PLC Editor Up to 512 States of remote outpu
186. ge level using a no indicator is lit up multimeter the power supply terminals and check that it is within the model range Check relay and ENERVISTA 650 Setup versions are the same Remove power supply dismount the power supply module and replace the fuse Same as above with same fuse Make sure that terminals labeled and are connected to the 9 pin connector corresponding to the power Source Communication The relay does not communicate via the front RS232 port Incorrect cable Damaged cable Relay or PC not grounded Incorrect baudrate port address etc Make sure you are using a straight cable Replace the cable Ensure ground connection Test other ports other baudrates etc Make sure that the communication parameters in the computer match the ones in the relay General After Updating the firmware the relay does not start up and always shows the message Os Loading Check that the bootware version match with the firmware version If there is an incompatibility between boot and firmware version update to the corresponding boot and after that update the firmware version If the boot and firmware versions are correct perform the firmware update procedure again GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 8 1 SYMPTOMS AND RECOMMENDED ACTIONS 8 FebOTROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 8 2 CATEGORY SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE RECOMMENDED A
187. gh Level Group 3 wattmetric Ground Fault Element High Level Group 1 Power Value watts 32N2 HIGH POWER wattmetric Ground Fault Element High Level Group 2 Power Value watts 32N3 HIGH POWER F650 Digital Bay Controller wattmetric Ground Fault Element High Level Group 3 Power Value watts A 33 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT 32N1 LOW BLOCK i wattmetric Ground Fault Low Logic Operands wattmetric Ground Fault Low Power Measurements A 34 round Fault Element Block Low Level 32N1 LOW PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Global Pickup current voltage and power Low Level Group 1 32N1 LOW OC PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Overcurrent Pickup Low Level Group 1 32N1 LOW OP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Operation Low Level Group 1 32N2 LOW BLOCK wattmetric Ground Fault Element Block Low Level Group 2 32N2 LOW PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Global Pickup current voltage and power Low Level Group 2 32N2 LOW OC PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Overcurrent Pickup Low Level Group 2 32N2 LOW OP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Operation Low Level Group 2 32N3 LOW BLOCK 32N3 LOW PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Block Low Level Group 3 wattmetric Ground Fault Element Global Pickup current voltage and power Low Level Group 3 32N3 LOW OC PKP wattmetric Ground Fa
188. gital Bay Controller 2 25 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 6 6 IRIG B INPUT Amplitude modulation Input Voltage Input Burden Input Impedance Minimum Input Voltage Maximum Input Voltage Formats Isolation Accuracy Backup energy Carry continuous Make and Carry for 1 sec Break at L R of 40 ms Operate Time Contact material DC SHIFT Demodulated input no carrier TTL 1 5mA 3 3 kOhm 2 4 V 24 V B000 B001 B002 and Signal combinations recognized in accordance with IRIG Standard 200 95 2 kV 2 4 7 REAL TIME CLOCK Typical 20 ppm More than 1 week 2 4 8 OUTPUTS 16A 60 A 0 3 A DC max at 125 Vdc 0 25 A DC max at 250 Vdc lt 8 ms Silver Alloy Output Logic Type Output Type and Pulse Output Time are selectable by setting for each output Output Logic Type Output Type Pulse Output Time Positive Negative Normal Pulse Latch Selectable by setting for each output 0 to 60000 ms in steps of 1 ms applicable only to signals set as pulse type Separate operate and reset signal can be configured by any digital signal programmable through PLC Contact Outputs F31 F33 F34 F36 for The current seal in circuit is used for verifying the current condition in a circuit board type 2 supervision in slot F during the time that the tripping contact remains closed If the current in the tripping circuit is maintained over 500 mA the functi
189. gital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 2 5 2 TEXT MENU HIERARCHY The structure of HMI text menu is similar to the EnerVista 650 Setup in the actual values and settings view and change menus The main menu shows the following options Table 3 28 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF MAIN TEXT MENU NAME DESCRIPTION NAVIGATION IN MENU Actual Values Snapshot events Actual values of all the signals available in device Status of protection control elements measurements inputs and outputs etc Visualization of all snapshot events in text mode two screens for each snapshot event In graphical displays there can be seen in a dedicated screen Press shuttle key to enter next level Press ESC to return to default main screen Press shuttle key to visualize snapshot events in text menu Press ESC to return to default main screen Fault Report Fault reports information available in HMI two screens Press shuttle key to enter next level Move L R to for each fault report see all the available fault reports in device Press shuttle key to enter particular information for fault report selected View Settings Visualization of all protection and control settings Press shuttle key to enter next level Move L R to available in device select submenu Press ESC to return to previous level Change Settings Menu that allows changing all
190. hange of state By virtual inputs and control events Data Storage In non volatile memory flash without battery The snapshot event recording procedure can be enabled or disabled by setting for each protection function 2 4 3 4 CONTROL EVENTS Capacity 128 events programmable through PLC Time tag 1 ms using an internal clock of 100 us Timing Accuracy 1 ms using the IRIG B synchronization input Triggers By any digital signal programmable through PLC Alarm Possibility to display the event as an alarm on the alarms panel Information available always through Communications for all models and also in HMI for models with graphical display M in ordering code Data Storage In non volatile memory flash without battery Control events are also displayed in the snapshot events recording 2 4 3 5 DEMAND Channels 9 Parameters la RMS Ib KA RMS Ic RMS Ig RMS Isg RMS 12 kA P MW Q MVAr and S MVA Current and Power Method Thermal Exponential Block Interval Rolling Demand Measurements Each channel shows the present and maximum measured value with date and time for the maximum recorded value Samples 5 10 15 20 30 60 minutes Accuracy 1 Trigger Input Selectable by setting operation mode selection for the Block Interval calculation method Snapshot Events Selectable by setting GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 21 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
191. hard drive Once the records have been saved the system will ask if the user wants to open GE OSC tool Comtrade record viewer to view the downloaded files x download finished Do wish to launch GE nsc Figure 3 39 GE OSC LAUNCH SCREEN Clicking on the Home option the system will return to the web server main screen 3 66 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 3 WEB SERVER 3 3 6 FAULT REPORT The fault report screen provides access to the last 10 fault reports obtained by the relay These records are stored according to an index that marks their position among all records produced in the relay with a range from 1 to 999 returning to 1 in case of exceeding the limit of 999 As in the case of oscillography records the highest index corresponds to the most recent record In the fault report oscillography and data logger screens the system will request acceptance of a safety warning message F650 Fault Report Microsoft Internet Explorer x Archivo Edici n Yer Favoritos Herramientas Ayuda EJ 1 A Quedsqueda ujFavoritos Historial ES Sh f Direcci n http 4 192 168 37 126 FaultReporttm ira cls T GE HOME gt Fault Report Fault Report 7 Fault Report 8 Fault Report 12 Fault Report 13 Fault Report 14 Fault Report 15 Fault type impedanc
192. hase instantaneous overcurrent element operation PH IOC3 LOW A OP trip low level Group 3 phase A Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low PH IOC3 LOW B PKP level Group 3 phase B Phase IOC Low ase instantaneous overcurrent element operation PH IOC3 LOW B OP trip low level Group 3 phase B Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low PH IOC3 LOW C PKP level Group 3 phase C Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation PH IOC3 LOW C OP trip low level Group 3 phase C Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low PH IOC3 LOW PKP level Group 3 any phase Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation PH IOC3 LOW trip low level Group 3 any phase NEUTRAL IOC1 BLOCK um instantaneous overcurrent element block Group NEUTRAL IOC1 PKP Neutral instantaneous overcurrent element pickup Group Neutral instantaneous overcurrent element operation NEUTRAL IOC1 OP trip Group 1 NEUTRAL IOC2 BLOCK pen instantaneous overcurrent element block Group Neutral instantaneous overcurrent element pickup Group Neutral IOC NEUTRAL IOC2 PKP 2 Neutral instantaneous overcurrent element operation NEUTRAL IOC2 OP trip Group 2 NEUTRAL IOC3 BLOCK pours instantaneous overcurrent element block Group NEUTRAL PKP ae instantaneous overcurrent element pickup Group Neutral instantaneous overcurrent element operation NEUTRAL OP trip Group 3 A 14 F650 Digital Bay Contr
193. he unit thought the front RS232 port check e Serial cable correct straightthrouhg and undamaged e Settings selection in Enervista 650 Setup Communication gt Computer Settings o Com port selected must be the one that is being used to perform this procedure o Parity set to NONE o Baudrate set to 19200 o Control type No control type o Modbus slave number any Note if the bootware upgrading procedure got stuck at this point the relay will not be upgraded After switching it off and on will continue working with the former firmware and bootware versions F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 8 FebOTROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 8 1 SYMPTOMS AND RECOMMENDED ACTIONS CATEGORY SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE RECOMMENDED ACTION Bootware The relay gets stuck at Sending file imagen kernel The Ethernet connection does not work properly Serial communications work properly and the flash memory has been erased but ethernet communication does not work properly check RJ45 cable used crossover cable for back to back connection and straightthrough Ethernet cable for hub or switch e IP address netmask gateway are correct and corresponding to the ones used in the computer used to perform the procedure See chapter 5 2 1 COMMUNICATION SETTINGS e Ethernet board parameters selection check that 802 1p QOS is Enabled o Flow control is Auto o Speed amp Duplex is Auto or 10 Mb Full e f all th
194. he indicated voltage and current values verify that the power measure corresponds to expected values indicated in the following table EXPECTED POWER VALUES PHASE PHASE B PHASE C THREE PHASE Pa 353 55 MW Pb 353 55 MW Pc 353 55 MW P 1060 66 MW Qa 353 55 MVAr Qb 353 55 MVAr Qc 353 55 MVAr Q 1060 66 MVAr Maximum admissible error is 1 of the test value for P and Q and 0 02 for cosq 6 7 4 FREQUENCY Frequency measure on channel VII terminals A7 A8 Apply 50 Vac at 50 Hz on channel VII Maximum admissible error 10 mHz Apply 50 Vac at 60 Hz on channel VII Maximum admissible error 12 mHz Frequency measure on channel Vx terminals A11 A12 Apply 50 Vac at 50 Hz on channel Vx Maximum admissible error 10 mHz Apply 50 Vac at 60 Hz on channel Vx Maximum admissible error 12 mHz Results CHANNEL VOLTAGE V SET FREQUENCY HZ MEASURED FREQUENCY HZ VII 50 50 Hz 60 Hz VX 50 50 Hz 60 Hz 6 8 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 8 INPUTS AND OUTPUTS During all tests the screw on the rear of the relay must be grounded 6 8 1 DIGITAL INPUTS During this test the user will determine the activation deactivation points for every input in the relay for the set voltage value of 30 Volts Verify that the error does not exceed 10 10 on activation 10 on deactivation Default board settings for the
195. he logic created and included in the on IEC 61131 3 libraries and be compiled in the PLC Editor project lib standard block distributed in different M name diagram FDB PLC projects Connect with the relay Communications Computer Connect with the relay Communications Computer Launch 650 Logic equations editor Setpoint gt Logic Configuration Open the created PLC project File Open Project Compile the project Run Compile How to transfer to relay Send settings and configuration from file Now the logic virtual outputs can be sent directly to relay gt Equations to Relay Texts of virtual outputs not stored in the relay only in the logic configuration files to be How to save Modify settings and configuration directly in the relay EnerVista 650 Setup File gt Get info from relay User definable texts retrieved are operations events and LEDs How to store in the relay edited PLC Editor File gt Save Project The relay will not provide this information unless the pep file is stored in the relay The relay will not provide this information unless the pep file is stored in the relay File gt Save Library The relay will not provide this information unless the pep file is stored in the relay To store the logic configuration files in the relay use the Communication gt Upload info files to relay optio
196. he operation thresholds It is important to point out that the accuracy with which the test is performed depends on the network and on the instruments used Functional tests performed with unsuitable power supply network and instruments are useful to check that the relay operates properly and therefore its operating characteristics are verified in an approximate manner However if the relay would be calibrated in these conditions its operational characteristics would be outside the tolerance range values The following sections detail the list of tests for verifying the complete relay functionality 6 2 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 3 ISOLATION TESTS During all tests the screw located on the rear of the relay must be grounded For verifying isolation independent groups will be created and voltage will be applied as follows 2200 RMS volts will be applied progressively among all terminals in a group short circuited between them and the case during one second 2200 RMS volts will be applied progressively between groups during one second WARNING No communication circuit shall be tested for isolation Groups to be created will depend on the type of modules included in F650 selectable according to the model The following table shows the different groups depending on the module type G1 H10 H18 G2 13 H14 H15 G1 H1 H9 G2 H4 H5 H6 G1 A5 A12 G2 B1 B12 G1 Inp 1 F1 9 F1 MIXED
197. henever this elemental safety rule is not followed 1 6 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 1 GETTING STARTED 1 2 OVERVIEW 1 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO 650 FAMILY OF RELAYS Historically substation protection control and metering functions were performed with electromechanical equipment This first generation of equipment was gradually replaced by analog electronic equipment called static devices most of which emulated the single function approach of their electromechanical precursors Both of these technologies required expensive cabling and auxiliary equipment to produce functioning systems Recently digital electronic equipment has begun to provide protection control and metering functions Initially this equipment was either single function or had very limited multi function capability and did not significantly reduce the cabling and auxiliary equipment required However recent digital relays have become quite multi functional reducing cabling and auxiliaries significantly These devices also transfer data to central control facilities and Human Machine Interfaces using electronic communications The functions performed by these products have become so broad that many users prefer the term IED Intelligent Electronic Device It is obvious to station designers that the amount of cabling and auxiliary equipment installed in stations can be even further reduced to 2096 to 7096 of the levels common in 1990 to achieve large cost reductions
198. hould be connected to terminals and terminals B to The GND terminal should be connected to the common wire inside the shield when provided Otherwise it should be connected to the shield Each relay should also be daisy chained to the next one in the link A maximum of 32 relays can be connected in this manner GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 17 1 4 650 HARDWARE 1 GETTING STARTED without exceeding driver capability For larger systems additional serial channels must be added It is also possible to use commercially available repeaters to increase the number of relays on a single channel to more than 32 Do not use other connection configurations different to the recommended Lightening strikes and ground surge currents can cause large momentary voltage differences between remote ends of the communication link For this reason surge protection devices are internally provided To ensure maximum reliability all equipment should have similar transient protection devices installed x 650 RELAY m AC B GND M SERIES RELAY YT SDA B12 1 SDB A12 GND B11 SR amp UR SERIES RELAY i GND SCADA S US 2 L et SDA RS 232 Il y ALPS amp DTP 485 232 COMPUTER CONVERTER zt I DL GND Line terminations 120 ohm 0 5 W 1 nF 100 V E shou
199. ications Computer Connect with the relay Launch Logic equations Editor Setpoint gt Logic Communications Computer Configuration How to Open the created file gt Open the created PLC project File gt Open Project transfer to Send to relay from the menu File gt Send info to relay Compile the project gt relay Note that texts used in the configuration of inputs Now the logic virtual outputs can be sent directly to relay outputs etc are not sent to the relay The only texts Hun Send Equations to Relay Texts of virtual outputs sent to relay are operations events and LEDs ue stored in the relay only in the logic configuration files to be edited In case of using element libraries either existing File Library Open Library or created by the user File Library gt New Library the program will create and manage the corresponding files lib in a folder named FDB Functional Block Diagram These files are used for the PLC project compilation It is necessary to store them with the other logic configuration files that built the PLC project pep aut lib Besides sending basic information to the relay Settings configuration in 650 format it is recommended to store 650 pep and lib files inside the relay Communications Upload info files to relay to ensure that logic configuration files will be availa
200. ifferent protocols available in the F650 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 15 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES Table 3 7 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF COMMUNICATION SETTINGS MENU COMMUNICATION SETTINGS Serial Ports Baud rate and parity for COM1 and COM serial communication ports Ethernet communication parameters for COM3 IP Address Netmask Gateway IP Network Ethernet NOTE The ModBus Slave address used by Ethernet ports is the one set for COM2 EnerVista 650 Setup software allows programming two different Ethernet addresses but the first IP has always to be set as the second IP Address is an Alias ModBus Slave Addresses for serial and Ethernet communication and the ModBus port number used for ModBus TCP IP Physical port Slave Address for DNP IP Addresses for Masters TCP UDP Port Unsolicited Response parameters Analog scale factors and ModBus Protocol Ne deadbands message fragment size Binary input block Available for standard and IEC61850 models TCP Port Common Addr of ASDU Cyclic Meter Period and IEC 870 5 104 Synchronization Event settings Available for standard and IEC61850 models SNTP Synchronization over Ethernet settings PROCOME Comm port and slave number for procome protocol Only available for procome models 5 Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only
201. ighly recommended to use a direct connection between the PC and the relay using a crossed over RJ45 Ethernet cable instead of using an indirect connection through a hub or switch Relay IP address It is necessary to assign a valid IP address to the relay in the Ethernet parameters via HMI in the Product Setup gt Communication gt Ethernet gt Ethernet 1 menu or via EnerVista 650 Setup in Setpoint gt Product Setup Communication Settings Network Ethernet 1 as shown in Table 5 1 Table 5 1 ETHERNET PARAMETERS PRODUCT SETUP gt COMMUNICATION SETTINGS NETWORK ETHERNET 1 NAME VALUE UNITS RANGE IP Address Oct 192 0 255 IP Address Oct2 168 0 255 IP Address Oct3 37 0 255 IP Address Oct4 177 0 255 Netmask Oct1 255 0 255 Netmask Oct2 255 0 255 Netmask Oct3 255 0 255 Netmask Oct4 0 0 255 Gateway 192 0 255 Gateway IP Oct2 168 0 255 Gateway IP Oct3 37 0 255 5 2 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE 5 1 INTRODUCTION Gateway IP Oct4 10 0 255 If the relay is connected to an Ethernet network check that the IP address is unique in order to avoid collisions In the case of relay that has upgraded previously its Bootcode Sections 2 the IP address already has been assigned in the previous process see Figure 5 14 For example if the relay settings are IP
202. ignals coming from the inputs of current and voltage transformers used for monitoring the power system signals Not available for C650 models CAN Bus Inputs Outputs are signals associated to physical input output contacts from independent modules connected to the 650 unit via a CAN Bus Not available for W650 models PLC Programmable Logic Controller Control module that enables the unit configuration assignment of inputs outputs and the implementation of logic circuits Protection Elements Relay protection elements for example Overcurrent overvoltage etc Not available for C650 models Remote inputs and outputs provide a means of sharing digital point state information between remote devices using IEC 61850 GSSE and GOOSE messages Not available for G650 and C650 models Analog Inputs are signals associated with transducers 1 8 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 1 GETTING STARTED 1 2 OVERVIEW 1 2 3 SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE The firmware software embedded in the relay has been designed using object oriented programming techniques OOP These techniques are based on the use of objects and classes and provide the software architecture with the same characteristics as the hardware architecture i e modularity scalability and flexibility 1 2 4 COMMUNICATIONS ARCHITECTURE The main processor performs protection control and communication functions incorporating two internal processors one for generic use and a second
203. ill 240 0 5 50 100 150 275 VX 0 0 5 50 100 150 275 Verify that the relay measures the values with an error of 1 96 of the applied value plus 0 196 of full scale 275V 6 7 2 PHASE CURRENTS Apply the following current and frequency values to the relay CHANNEL ANGLE FREQUENCY 50Hz 60Hz 5 2 60 2 50Hz 60 Hz la A 45 0 15 10 5 1 0 1 Ib A 165 0 15 10 5 1 0 1 lc A 285 0 15 10 5 1 0 1 IG A 0 0 15 10 5 1 0 1 ISG A 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 01 0 005 Verify that the relay measures the values with an error lower than 0 5 of the test value or 10 mA whichever is greater for phases and ground Verify that the relay measures the values with an error lower than 1 5 of the test value or 1 mA whichever is greater for sensitive ground SG GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 7 6 7 VERIFICATION OF MEASUREMENT 6 COMMISSIONING 6 7 3 ACTIVE REACTIVE POWER AND COS3 METERING Equations to be applied for powers in a wye connection are as follows POWER PER PHASE THREE PHASE POWER PzV I Coso P Pa Pb Pc QzV I Seno Q Qa Qb Qc Apply the following current and voltage values APPLIED VOLTAGE AND CURRENT VALUES PER PHASE PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C V I ANGLES VI 50 V 0 VII 50 V 120 VIII 50V 240 45 la 10745 102165 Ic 107285 0 707 With t
204. in menu screen is identical to the one described for the text display Its functionality is described in section 3 2 5 in this manual Intro Next Pressing the shuttle key the user access the next graphical screen which in this case corresponds to the primary metering values screen L R Select Once the different switchgear elements to be operated have been configured using EnerVista 650 Setup the user will be able to operate them from the graphic display If a single line diagram has been previously configured in the EnerVista 650 Setup in the HMI option inside the Relay Configuration menu the different switchgear elements configured for the display will be operative from the graphic display By rotating the shuttle key to the left and right the cursor moves among the elements and blinks on each of them When an element is selected by pressing the shuttle key the relay will indicate the command to be executed and the user will need to confirm it by pressing again the shuttle key The following sections describe only the operation of screens that are specific for the graphic display models GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 53 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 6 2 METERING SCREEN The Metering screen displays relay analog measures in their primary values Available metering values are as follows Metering Screen Total metering 53 Intro Next Intro Next
205. in Off line mode are marked as 3 1 8 2 SYSTEM SETUP This section shows the settings related to the system setup definition such as shown in the following table Table 3 8 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF SYSTEM SETUP MENU SYSTEM SETUP General Settings This screen describes and enables the settings of the power system where the relay will operate Some of these settings will be used only for metering values presentation purposes however some of them apply directly to the sampling and analog digital conversion process rated frequency setting Therefore these settings need to be adjusted so that they fit the system settings Flex Curves Breaker settings Flex Curves Programmable user curves The relay incorporates 4 user curves called Flex Curve A B C and D The points for these curves are defined by the user in Setpoint gt System Setup gt Flex Curves gt Edit Curve menu in EnerVista 650 Setup User defined flex curves can be Selected as an operation curve in all the time overcurrent functions in the relay Breaker settings maintenance and switchgear selection of the device configured as breaker in the F650 The selected switchgear will be used in recloser breaker failure and synchronism functions The settings are Number of Switchgear Maximum Kl t Kl t Integ Time Maximum Openings Max Openings 1 hour and Snapshot Events Breaker maintenance These settings correspond to the initialization
206. inOR1 349 inOR2 FWD PWR2 STG1 PKP 350 inOR3 FWD PWR2 STG2 PKP 51 FWD PWRS3 STG1 5 52 FWD PWRS STG2 390 DIR PWR1 STG PKP 373 371 inOR1 outOR1 DIR PWR2 STG PKP DIR PWR3 STG outOR1 inOR6 inOR2 inOR3 FAN HIGH OC PKP i ORS inOR1 outOR1 EE HIGH OC PKP inOR2 32N3 HIGH OC PKP inOR3 461 455 FONT LOW OC PKP inOR1 gel LOW inOR2 32N3 LOW OC PKP inOR3 B 4 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX B 1 FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC 444 451 1 HIGH PKP WAG 32 2 HIGH 2N3 HIGH 1 LOW 2N2 LOW S2N3 LOW PKP outOR1 LOCKED ROTOR PKP 392 LOCKED ROTOR2 PKP LOCKED ROTORS PKP inOR2 inQR3 OAD ENCR1 PKP outOR1 OAD ENCR2 PKP LOAD ENCR3 PKP 278 89 OutOR1 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller B 5 B 1 FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC APPENDIXB PH TOC1 HIGH OP 50 118 PH TOC2 HIGH OP OutOR1 PH LOW OP 318 PH TOC2 LOW CP 319 inOR6 PH TOC3 LOW OP 1 20 PH IOC1 HIGH 12 al 2 PH IOC1 LOW 31 124 outOR1 PH IOC2 LOW 125 inOR2 PH IOC3 LOW OP 129 54 THERMAL1 13 130 outOR1
207. ion has been verified enter the EnerVista 650 Setup program select Communication and the Upgrade Firmware Version option At this point proceeding with the upgrade will erase all the data stored in the equipment including the calibration settings in firmware version previous to 1 50 Therefore it is necessary to save all settings to a file before following with the process Upgrade firmware version Ei All RELAY INFORMATION will be LOST 2 Please be sure of having saved CALIBRATION SETTINGS PROTECTION and CONTROL SETTINGS and RELAY CONFIGURATION before upgrading Check Firmware and Boot Versions Compatibility Firmware Boot 3 6 4 00 4 10 3 4x 4 00 4 10 3 2 4 00 4 10 3 0 3 00 4 10 2 2 4 00 4 10 2 00 3 00 1 82 4 00 4 10 1 80 2 35 2 40 TU 2 39 1 6x 2195 1 5x 2 30 1 4x 2 30 1 3x 2 30 1 2x 2 20 113 2 20 1 11 2 00 1 00 2 00 Do you want to proceed Figure 5 16 FIRMWARE BOOT VERSION COMPATIBILITY After accepting to proceed a window will open up for the upgrade parameter In firmware version previous to 1 70 the EnerVista 650 Setup program asks for the IP address of the relay to be upgraded and its serial number In versions 1 70 and higher it is also necessary to enter the ordering code for the relay See figure below 1 Calibration settings should be stored in a file before upgrading the firmware Go to EnerVista 650 Setup main menu Communication Calibration Get Calibration Settings Store the file
208. ional element operation Group 2 SENS GND DIR3 BLK IP Sensitive ground directional element block input Group Brock Du DIRS Sensitive Ground directional element block Group 3 SENS GND DIR3 OP Sensitive Ground directional element operation Group 3 PHASE UV1 BLOCK Phase undervoltage element block Group 1 PHASE UV1 A PKP Undervoltage element pickup AG Group 1 PHASE UV1 A OP Undervoltage element operation AG Group 1 PHASE UV1 B PKP Undervoltage element pickup BG Group 1 PHASE UV1 B OP Undervoltage element operation BG Group 1 PHASE UV1 C PKP Undervoltage element pickup CG Group 1 PHASE UV1 C OP Undervoltage element operation CG Group 1 PHASE UV1 AB PKP Undervoltage element pickup AB Group 1 PHASE UV1 AB OP Undervoltage element operation AB Group 1 PHASE UV1 BC PKP Undervoltage element pickup BC Group 1 PHASE UV1 BC OP Undervoltage element operation BC Group 1 PHASE UV1 CA PKP Undervoltage element pickup CA Group 1 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller A 23 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT A 24 PHASE UV1 CA OP Undervoltage element operation CA Group 1 PHASE UV1 PKP Pickup of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE UV1 OP Operation of any of the above mentioned elements PHASE UV2 BLOCK Phase undervoltage element block Group 2 PHASE UV2 A PKP Undervoltage element pickup AG Group 2 PHASE UV2 A OP
209. is a logic signal associated to an operand or combination of operands that allows following the status of that signal Switchgear Up to 16 configurable switchgear elements A switchgear element can be a breaker a line selector switch a grounding selector switch a busbar Selector switch etc This screen allows configuration of type of contacts opening and closing time contact assignation and text for events related to switchgear There are 64 pre established events for switchgear which correspond to opening closing 01 Errorii of the 16 programmable switchgear elements Remote outputs Up to 32 DNA bits and 64 user St bits to be transmitted to remote devices over CAN using GSSE messages Inputs Text configuration for off line mode file management for all the contact inputs available in device Virtual Inputs Text configuration for off line mode file management 32 latched and 32 Self reset virtual inputs MMI HMI Human Machine Interface Screen for one line diagram configuration This menu shows a scenario to draw a simplified one line diagram of a bay in a feeder line transformer etc The menu includes a library for power elements metering elements text and drawings See an example in F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE The following figures show an example of the default fac
210. isplay If the Commands Password is activated when the user tries to execute an operation the relay will request this password and in case of using the single line diagram for graphical display models all objects will not be operational until this password is entered either logging in Login Pwd Commands or entering the password in the Commands menu Relay settings view measures and other monitored information are not password protected and they can be accessed by all users Access to the password menu is located at the Password option in the relay text menu This menu includes the following options Login Pwd Settings Logout Pwd Settings Change Pwd Settings Login Pwd Commands Logout Pwd Commands Change Pwd Commands Forgot Password Among the available options in this menu there are three types of functionality Login For entering the password either for settings or commands and enable access to settings or commands Once entering the password the relay is no longer password protected and access is enabled to settings modification or commands execution Logout Once the necessary setting changes or operation commands have been executed the user can log out so that the relay is password protected again Change This menu allows setting or modifying the desired password Forgot Password This menu provides the encrypted password so that it can be recovered if the user loses or forgets it Passwords are restri
211. l Dropout level Level Accuracy Overreach Trip delay Reset delay Operate time Timing accuracy Snapshot Events 2 8 Phasor without harmonics or RMS For connection to 1 or 5 A CTs 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A 97 to 98 of the pickup level Values at nominal frequency 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10A 11 596 of the reading for higher values 296 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 50 ms at 3 x Pickup at 50 Hz typically at 0 ms time delay no intentional delay 50ms at non zero time delay 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Selectable by setting F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 4 1 6 NEUTRAL INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT 50N Current Input Fundamental Phasor without harmonics Pickup level 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A Dropout level 97 to 98 of the pickup level Level Accuracy Values at nominal frequency 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10 A 11 596 of the reading for higher values Overreach 296 Trip delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Reset delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Operate time 50 ms at 3 x Pickup at 50 Hz typically Timing accuracy at 0 ms time delay no intentional delay 50ms at non zero time delay 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Snapshot Events Selectable by setting 2 4 1 7 SENSI
212. l element block Group 1 Phase C PHASE DIR1 C OP Phase directional element operation Group 1 Phase C PHASE DIR2 BLK INP Phase directional block Group 2 PHASE DIR2 BLOCK A Phase directional element block Group 2 Phase A PHASE DIR2 A OP Phase directional element operation Group 2 Phase A Phase Directional PHASE DIR2 BLOCK B Phase directional element block Group 2 Phase B PHASE DIR2 B OP Phase directional element operation Group 2 Phase B PHASE DIR2 BLOCK C Phase directional element block Group 2 Phase C PHASE DIR2 C OP Phase directional element operation Group 2 Phase C PHASE DIR3 BLK INP Phase directional block Group 3 PHASE DIR3 BLOCK A Phase directional element block Group Phase A PHASE DIR3 A OP Phase directional element operation Group 3 Phase A PHASE DIR3 BLOCK B Phase directional element block Group 3 Phase B PHASE DIR3 B OP Phase directional element operation Group 3 Phase B PHASE DIR3 BLOCK C Phase directional element block Group 3 Phase C PHASE DIR3 C OP Phase directional element operation Group 3 Phase C Neutral directional element block input signal Group 1 NEUTRAL DIR1 BLOCK Neutral directional element blocked Group 1 NEUTRAL DIR1 OP Neutral directional element operation Group 1 p AL DIRABUK Neutral directional element block input signal Group 2 Neutral Directional NEUTRAL DIR2 BLOCK Neutral directional element blocked Group 2 NEUTRAL DIR2 OP Neutral directional
213. ld Voltage Threshold 80 1V 10 230 Group B BX Input activation voltage threshold Voltage Threshold 80 1V 10 230 Group C Cx Input activation voltage threshold Voltage Threshold 80 1V 10 230 Group D DX Debounce time for Group A Debounce Time A X 15 1ms 1 50 Debounce time for Group B Debounce Time B X 15 1ms 1 50 Debounce time for Group C Debounce Time C X 15 1ms 1 50 Debounce time for Group D Debounce Time D X 15 1ms 1 50 Input type Input Type X CCY POSITIVE N A POSITIVE EDGE CCY NEGATIVE EDGE POSITIVE NEGATIVE Input signal time delay Delay Input 0 1ms 0 60000 Time X CCY CCY Output logic type Output Logic X 0Z POSITIVE N A POSITIVE NEGATIVE Output type Output Type X 02 NORMAL N A NORMAL PULSE LATCH Output pulse length Pulse Output 10000 1ms 0 60000 Time X 0Z Analog Inputs Range Range X 0Z NONE N A NONE 1 to OmA 0to1 1 to 1 mA 0 to 5 mA 0 to 10 mA Minimum Value Min Value X 0Z 0 00 0 01 9999 99 9999 99 Maximum Value Value X 02 0 00 0 01 9999 99 9999 99 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 19 C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS APPENDIX C F G Hor J the I O board name depending on the Relay model X F and G are internal Relay boards and H and J are additional boards available in CIO modules remote Bus CAN I O module
214. ld be used when length of line exceeds 1 km Zt Figure 1 17 RS485 CONNECTION FOR 650 UNITS To communicate through the F650 rear Ethernet port from a PC a crossover cable is required If the connection is performed through a hub or a switch a direct Ethernet cable is required 1 4 3 FACEPLATE DISPLAY All messages are displayed on a 20x4 character LCD display An optional graphic display is also available Messages are displayed in different languages according to selected model 1 4 4 MAINTENANCE F650 requires a minimum amount of maintenance when it is commissioned into service F650 is a microprocessor based relay and its characteristics do not change over time As such no further functional tests are required However it is recommended that maintenance on the F650 be scheduled with other system maintenance The maintenance may involve the following In service maintenance 1 Visual verification of the analog values integrity such as voltage and current in comparison to other devices on the corresponding system Visual verification of active alarms relay display messages and LED indications Visual inspection for any damage corrosion dust or loose wires 1 18 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 1 GETTING STARTED 1 4 650 HARDWARE 4 Eventrecorder file download with further event analysis Out of service maintenance 1 Check wiring connections for firmness 2 Analog values current voltages analog input
215. le Security checkbox must be enabled 4 1 1 USER RIGHTS NOTE Only Administrators have access to the User Management dialog box Following is a list of all of the User Rights Options available to be granted to users and their functions Table 4 1 USER RIGHTS AND FUNCTIONS RIGHT FUNCTION If this box is checked when the Administrator exits the User Management dialog box the program will ask you to Delete Entry confirm the delete and if the Administrator chooses yes then the user whose Delete Entry box was checked will be permanently deleted from the list Admin WARNING When this box is checked the user will become an EnerVista 650 Setup Administrator therefore receiving all of the Administrative rights Actual Values box is checked the user will have the ability to view Actual Values and all records excluding event Settings When this box is checked the user will have access to view and modify Settings Protection control inputs 9 outputs and calibration Commands When this box is checked the user will be able to use Commands Event Recorder When this box is checked the user will have access to use Event Recorder Force IO When this box is checked the user will be able to use Force IO application Logic Configuration checked the user will have the ability to view and modify Relay Configuration and Logic Upgrade When this box is checked the user will have the ability to upgrade firmwa
216. le key will change the relative mark to that new event 3 2 6 4 NEW EVENTS SCREEN This screen shows the new events that have been produced in the relay since the last time the New Events screen was read The top of the screen shows a New Events legend and the relative and total number of events contained Navigation through the different menus in this New Events screen is similar to the one described in the previous section for All Events The main difference is that in the case of new events it is necessary to select the RELOAD submenu to update the screen with new events that have been produced while in the Events screen this refreshment is automatic After the new events have been read if the user selects again the Reload menu the system will show a No new events available message indicating that there are no more new events available since the last reading GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 57 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 6 5 ALARMS PANEL Alarms panel can be viewed in all F650 models using communication software EnerVista 650 Setup however only models with graphic display allow access to the alarms panel from the HMI First line shows the relative and total number of alarms existing in that screen The relative number refers to the alarm on which the cursor is located and the total number refers to the total amount of alarms available The second lin
217. lectable by setting Fundamental Phasor of the auxiliary voltage 3 to 300 V in steps of 1 V 97 to 98 of the pickup level 1 reading 40 196 Full Scale from 10 to 275 V at nominal frequency Fixed time or inverse curve Instantaneous 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 13 596 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Selectable by setting 20 00 to 65 00 Hz in steps of 0 01 Hz Pickup 0 03 Hz 0 01 Hz of the reading 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 30 to 300V in steps of 1 V 13 596 of operate time or 100 ms whichever is greater Selectable by setting 2 14 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 4 1 22 OVERFREQUENCY 810 Pickup level Dropout level Level accuracy Trip delay Reset delay Minimum voltage threshold Timing accuracy Snapshot Events 2 4 1 23 FORWARD POWER 32FP Current Voltage Number of stages Pickup level two stages Dropout level Level accuracy for primary magnitudes Trip delay two stages Timing accuracy Block Time after close Snapshot Events 2 4 1 24 DIRECTIONAL POWER 32 Current Voltage Number of stages Pickup level two stages Characteristic Angle two stages Accuracy for primary magnitudes Trip delay two stages Timing accuracy Block Time after close Snapshot Events Operate time GEK 113000T 20 00 to 65 00 Hz in steps of 0 01 Hz Pickup 0 03 H
218. llowed even if for most applications such high classes are not required The relay complies with ANSI C37 90 standards and has been designed to comply with international standards 2 4 15 APPROVALS 1509001 Registered system CE marking Meets the CE standards relevant for protections 2 30 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 5 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS OPEN DELTA VT CONNECTION VOLTAGE INPUTS CONTROL REDUNDANT POWER POWER SUPPLY SUPPLY Li 1 m 00 Da 52 H10 H18 H13 14 15 Hs e dE E 6 v POWER POWER SUPPLY 3 c A10 vc P 1 19 GE Consumer amp Industrial I Multilin t B4 le B5 i i B10 Ic O ad B12 lic VOLTAGE INPUTS ei F650 Digital Bay Controller UJ Y 4 si lizlizi zi sisisisisisis z CURRENT INPUTS i 10 00UTP RJ45 m 4 H19 H20 1 Qa GROUND AT RELAY LOCATION Rs 232 FRONT CESS NOT CT amp PT LOCATION CF OPTIONAL ELEMENTS erounons SCREW BUSV C4216F2R8 Figure 2 2 F650 WIRING DIAGRAM 189C4216H2 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 31 2 5 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION INPUTS F1 OUTPUTS F1 j BLOCK 1 E 79 BLOCK 1P BLOCK 7P BLOCK 5 F23 27 59 PICKU
219. lly generated DC current No special 48 Vdc or other outputs are included in the equipment to drive these inputs therefore contacts connected to the equipment should be connected to a DC source Is it oscillography programmable Yes the sampling rate is programmable 4 8 16 32 or 64 samples per input The depth will depend on the sampling rate Do I have to select a different model for 1 or 5 A No The same model is able to work with either 1 A or 5 A rated secondary currents There are high accuracy sensing transformers that allow the use of any current input through the same terminals to reduce the spares and simplify wiring In my installation several digital inputs become active when I energize the transformer How reduce sensitivity By selecting debounce time and or voltage threshold the relay may adapt its sensitivity to different applications Please select the maximum voltage threshold and debounce time recommended 15 ms to minimize AC coupling effects GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 7 3 7 3 CONTROL AND 7 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Q1 A1 Q2 A2 Q3 Q4 A4 Q5 A5 06 Qs A8 Q9 A9 Q10 A10 7 4 What is the difference between Get Send info from to relay and Upload Download info files to from relay Get Send are used for settings and configuration storage that although both are in a unique file are sent separately in two times Upload Do
220. loser out of service AR READY AR LOCKOUT AR BLOCK Recloser BLOCKed AR RCL IN PROGRESS Recloser Cycle in progress AR LCK BY ANOMALY Recloser LOCKOUT by anomaly reclosing command during cycle in progress AR LCK BY FAIL OPEN Recloser LOCKOUT by failure to open AR LCK BY FAIL CLOSE Recloser LOCKOUT by failure to close AR LCK BY USER AR LCK BY CONDS Recloser LOCKOUT by external operation e g manual opening with cycle in progress Recloser LOCKOUT by lack of reclosing conditions AR LCK BY TRIPS Recloser LOCKOUT by number of trips AR LCK BY SHOTS Recloser LOCKOUT by number of shots AR BLK AFTER 1 SHOT AR BLK AFTER 2 SHOT Recloser Block after first shot Recloser Block after second shot AR BLK AFTER 3 SHOT Recloser Block after third shot AR BLK AFTER 4 SHOT F650 Digital Bay Controller Recloser Block after fourth shot GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT AR BLOCK BY LEVEL Recloser Block by level AR BLOCK BY PULSE Block by command pulse Default Channel nor used DIR PWR1 BLOCK Directional power element block Group 1 DIR PWR1 STG1 PKP Directional Power element pickup level 1 Group 1 DIR PWR1 STG1 OP Directional Power element operation level 1 Group 1 DIR PWR1 STG2 PKP Directional Power element pickup
221. lour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 12 status Green colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 13 status Green colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 14 status Green colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 15 status Green colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT LEDs reset input programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable input for remote LED reset GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller A 7 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT key operation Programmable signal via PLC O key operation Programmable signal via PLC Programmable Keypad Status HMI key operation Programmable signal via PLC F1 key operation Programmable signal via PLC LOCAL OPERATION MODE F2 key operation Programmable signal via PLC Local remote status for operations 1 Local 0 Remote Selectable through the front pushbutton Hardware and also through communications software LOCAL REMOTE Operation status LEDs OPERATIONS BLOCKED
222. m 2 to 275 Vac Relay Burden 0 05 VA at 120 Vac 50 or 60 Hz Voltage Withstand Continuous at 275 V to neutral 1 min hr at 420 to neutral VAC inputs do not need varistors as the impulse test is applied to 100 of the transformers 2 4 6 3 CONTACT INPUTS Input Activation Voltage Threshold 20 to 230 Vdc in steps of 1 V selectable by setting Impedance gt 100 kOhm Maximum error 10 setting or 5 V Load for voltage supervision inputs 2 mA V 100 kOhm Voltage threshold for voltage 10 V fixed supervision inputs Debounce Time 1 to 50 in steps of 1 ms Recognition time 1ms Timing resolution 1ms For Input Activation Voltage Threshold and Debounce Time there is a single setting for all inputs in the same group inputs sharing the same common Input Type and Delay Input Time are not grouped there is a different setting for each input Input Type Positive Edge Negative Edge Positive Negative Delay Input Time 0 to 60000 ms in steps of 1 ms Input signal time delay 2 4 6 4 REMOTE INPUTS IEC61850 GSSE GOOSE Number of input points 32 configured from 64 incoming bit pairs Number of remote devices 16 Default states on loss of comms On Off Latest on Latest off 2 4 6 5 ANALOG INPUTS Input impedance 1160 Current Input mADC 0 to 1 0 to 1 1 to 1 0 to 5 0 to 10 0 to 20 4 to 20 programmable Conversion Range 1 to 20mA Accuracy 0 2 of full scale Type Passive GEK 113000T F650 Di
223. message requesting to turn off and back on the relay to continue with the upgrade process Once the relay has been turned off and on a new screen allows selecting the folder that contains the firmware upgrade files upgrade txt file must be located in this folder This Upgrade txt file is located in the folder where the desired firmware upgrade files are This firmware upgrade files can be found in the Multilin web site If the files are downloaded from the web they are compressed in a zip file It should be decompressed in a temporary directory from which the upgrade txt file will be selected Once the Upgrade txt file is selected the Upgrade Firmware button will be enabled Press this button to initiate the process A voltage range selection window will appear this voltage range is connected to the serial number of the relay The EnerVista 650 Setup program automatically pre selects the appropriate voltage range for the unit based on the serial number Users can select a different range but if the voltage range is not selected correctly there will be an error in the voltage measurements around 20 due to an incorrect assignment of the calibration values Range Selection Voltage range detected Changing selection may cause metering errors V Range Normal V Range Extended V Range 0 220 V 9 dem Mio ok Figure 5 19 VOLTAGE RANGE SELECTION During the process the program displays the files that are being upgra
224. n Communication gt Upload info files to relay through Ethernet How to retrieve from the relay Communication Download info files from relay through Ethernet REMINDER Logic programming support files pep aut lib CANNOT be retrieved directly from the relay It is necessary Either to have stored these files in the PC Or to have uploaded previously the files into the relay Communication gt Upload info files to relay GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 9 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 6 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP MENU STRUCTURE The EnerVista 650 Setup menus structure is shown in Table 3 3 Unless specified options are available in both On line and Off line mode Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as The View gt Language submenu allows the user to change the default language for the EnerVista 650 Setup program and it is only enabled when the relay is not communicating and no file has been opened Table 3 3 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP MENUS STRUCTURE FILE SETPOINT ACTUAL ki ERATIONS COMMUNICATION SECURITY VIEW HELP New Product Setup Front Panel NA Computer Login user Traces Instruction ModBus System Setup Status NA Modem Change Memory ain ap Pr
225. n Relay in service protection READY Programmable LED 1 status Red colour Latched by hardware Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 2 status Red colour Latched by hardware Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 3 status Red colour Latched by hardware Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 4 status Red colour Latched by hardware Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 5 status Red colour Latched by hardware Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 6 status Orange colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 7 status Orange colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT LEDS HMI 16 Elements Programmable LED 8 status Orange colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 9 status Orange colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 10 status Orange colour Not latched Latching possibility via PLC Reset by hardware ESC and programmable LED RESET INPUT Programmable LED 11 status Green co
226. n Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup level Pickup Level 30 00 0 01A 0 05 160 00 Trip time Trip Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset time Reset Delay 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE VS EHE Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Maximum Torque Angle MTA 45 1 Deg 90 90 Operation Direction Direction FORWARD N A FORWARD REVERSE Polarization type Polarization Vo Ip Vo lp Vo lp Block logic type Block Logic PERMISSION N A BLOCK PERMISSION Polarization voltage threshold Pol V Threshold 10 1V 0 300 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE NS Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Input type Input PHASOR DFT N A PHASOR RMS Pickup level Pickup Level 1 00 0 01 A 0 05 160 00 Curve shape Curve IEEE Ext Inv N A See list of curves Time Dial TD Multiplier 1 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset type Reset INSTANTANEOUS NEAR NEOUS Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 9 C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS APPENDIXC
227. nction Local Remote Off pushbutton with LEDs FRONT PORT Electrically isolated front RS232 communication port Transparent cover can be sealed for security Figure 3 13 HMI INTERFACE 3 2 1 DISPLAY F650 units are available with two different options for the front display The first option is an alphanumerical display of 4 lines with 20 characters each and the second option is a graphical display of 16 lines with 40 characters each 128x240 pixels being B the ordering code option for the text display model basic and M the code for the mimic display graphical The boot code and firmware versions can be seen in the relay text main screen this screen is the default screen in the text menu for all models After the text F650 appears the relay firmware version 3 44in the example and between brackets the boot program version 4 10 in the example followed by General Electric the relay model and the default front RS232 port COM2 communication parameters F650 3 70 4 10 General Electric F650MZDF2G1HIR 19200N81 MODBUS 254 Figure 3 14 TEXT MAIN SCREEN GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 31 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 2 FRONT LED INDICATORS The relay provides 16 LED indicators 15 user programmable plus one non configurable LED READY that shows if the relay is in service Programmable LEDs are divided into groups of 5 LEDs each o
228. nd 72 to one time 1 Apply currents of 2 5 and 10 times the tap and ensure that the operation times are within the range described on the following table RATED CURRENT A APPLIED CURRENT A TIMES DE SET TAP OPERATION TIME S 4 0 2 48 5 53 6 5 10 0 5 7 06 7 80 20 0 10 1 77 1 95 After each measuring the thermal element must be reset to zero in order to start the next test at a zero thermal status condition Repeat the test selecting a time constant 1 of 60 minutes Verify that the operation time is within the range described on the following table RATED CURRENT A APPLIED CURRENT A TIMES DE SET TAP OPERATION TIME S 4 0 2 960 1072 5 10 0 5 141 156 20 0 10 35 4 39 After each measuring the thermal element must be reset to zero in order to start the next test at a zero thermal status condition GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 25 6 17 THERMAL IMAGE ELEMENT 49 6 COMMISSIONING 6 26 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 7 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS 7 1 COMMUNICATIONS Q1 A1 Q2 A2 Q3 04 4 05 5 Q6 A6 Q7 A7 Q8 8 09 A9 Q10 A10 Q11 A11 Does the F650 support DNP and ModBus over the Ethernet port F650 units support both protocols over both the asynchronous serial ports and the Ethernet LAN synchronous port using TCP IP and UDP IP layers over the Eth
229. nd Vab Vbc and VO for voltages To access the metering screen in snapshot events menu press shuttle key from the snapshot event first screen To exit from the metering screen press ESC To select different snapshot events to be displayed rotate the shuttle key to select the snapshot event and then press the shuttle key to enter the metering screen Press esc to exit the metering screen and return to snapshot events menu Figure 3 19 shows an example of snapshot events navigation Press shuttle key from the default main screen and enter in the main text menu F650 3 70 4 10 GENERAL ELECTRIC F650MZDF2G1HIR 19200N81 MODBUS 254 ENTER ESCAFE Move the shuttle key until a single scroll bar character L1 appears in the left Actual Values part of Snapshot event header Snapshot event Fault report View Settings Press shuttle key to enter in the snapshot events menu ENTER ESCAPE Breaker Closed ON gt Select the snapshot event to display using the shuttle key left and right to move St ON 4 479 up and down inside the recorded snapshot events Time 16 35 02 027 Date 04 May 2006 Isolated Gnd3 Block St OFF 5 479 Once selected the snapshot event identifier status date and time will be Time 16 35 01 995 displayed Date 04 May 2006 In the second line St is showing the status and the relative snapshot index from the whole recorded number Third and fourth lines are used to display the time EN
230. nd store calibration settings from to relay Menu to update the relay firmware version through Ethernet Menu to update the relay boot code front RS232 and Ethernet connection Menu to update the web server application if available Hard disk storage of settings and configuration files on the relay Option only performed through Ethernet not available in C650 models Retrieval of settings and configuration files that had been previously stored in the relay hard disk Option only performed through Ethernet not available in C650 models Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as The rest of options available in the Communication menu in EnerVista 650 Setup are Modem Allows configuring the unit for remote communications via modem using telephonic line It is only available if the relay is not communicating and if modem has been select on Communication gt computer control type selection Go to Communication Modem e Troubleshooting Serial or Ethernet connection Lets the user to perform reading or writing in ModBus addresses for verifying communications and access to different positions in the ModBus memory map Only available if the communication has already been established Go to Communication Troubleshooting An example is provided Figure 3 12 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 27 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3
231. nd the relay recloses in 8 1 seconds Command a 50PH trip and verify that the breaker opens and the recloser passes to Lockout Verify the correct operation of programmed outputs Tripping times must be within the following values RECLOSING CYCLE N shot Expected time Admissible time 1 2 1 sec 1 8 2 3 2 4 1 sec 3 8 4 3 3 6 1 sec 5 8 6 3 4 8 1 sec 7 8 8 3 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 23 6 16 RECLOSER 79 6 COMMISSIONING 6 16 2 RECLOSER STATUS BLOCK Activate the block input and verify that the recloser is in BLOCK status Close the breaker and wait for 5 seconds Command a trip and verify that the breaker opens but there is no reclose INHIBITION BY RECLOSING CONDITIONS Close the breaker and wait for 5 seconds Command a trip verify that the breaker opens and wait for the first shot Activate the inhibition input and command a new trip Verify that the breaker opens wait for 8 seconds and verify that the relay does not reclose 6 16 3 EXTERNAL RECLOSE INITIATION Close the breaker and wait for 5 seconds Activate the reclose initiation input and open the breaker verify that the relay executes the first shot 6 24 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 17 THERMAL IMAGE ELEMENT 49 Disable all protection elements except for Thermal Model 49 Set the pickup level to 2 A Set the time constant 1 to 3 minutes a
232. nding text Operation 24 Entry to 2418 operation with its corresponding text Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as 3 26 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 1 11 COMMUNICATION MENU OVERVIEW The communication menu includes the computer screen to start communicating with the relay the different update procedures available in device firmware operative system web server and other file storing capabilities upload and download info files to from relay For more detail information go to section 3 1 4 for communication menus description and to section 5 for flash memory update procedures Table 3 24 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF COMMUNICATION MENU COMMUNICATION Computer Modem Troubleshooting Calibration Upgrade firmware version Upgrade operating system Upgrade 650 web Server Upload info files to relay Download info files from relay Menu to start communication with the relay Menu to set modem communication parameters only available if control type is set to modem in computer menu Menu that Lets the user to perform reading or writing in ModBus addresses for verifying communications and access to different positions in the ModBus memory map Retrieval a
233. ne used in the LAN structure connecting the relay The relay IP address should have the first three octets corresponding with the Gateway and the last octet must be a free IP address reserved to the relay to avoid possible collisions with other devices After assigning the Ethernet parameters the upgrade of the boot code has been completed successfully Figure 5 15 EnerVista 650 Setup X BOOT program successfully updated Aceptar Figure 5 15 BOOT PROGRAM UPGRADED After boot code upgrade the equipment firmware must also be upgraded Section 5 3 5 8 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE 5 3 FIRMWARE VERSION UPGRADE The relay settings and configuration will be lost so it is advisable to save them to a file For firmware revisions lower than 1 50 it is required to save calibration settings in a file before upgrading the F650 to a new firmware version Take into account that if the boot code has been previously upgraded all the data including calibration settings was lost In case of error during the firmware upgrading process the user could repeat the whole process as many times as necessary this is possible thanks to an independent boot memory bootcode The firmware upgrading process should be done using the EnerVista 650 Setup software after connecting the relay by Ethernet port 5 3 1 FIRMWARE UPGRADE Once the communication with the relay through Ethernet connect
234. ng ESC key till it appears In all the navigation press the shuttle key to select the desired header display top level menu Each press of the shuttle key advances through the main heading pages as illustrated below To return to previous menus press the ESC key To move inside the top level menu without changing to other low levels rotate the shuttle key left to move up and right to move down When rotating the shuttle key the selected menu is marked by a single scroll bar character The mark in the right part of any menu means that contains more than one level Action Performed Navigation in menu Press Shuttle Key Enter next level Press Esc Key Exit to previous level Rotate Shuttle Key Move up and down in the same level Rotate left Shuttle Key Move up in the same level Rotate right Shuttle Key Move down in the same level Menu selection Menu selection More menus to display More menus to display Figure 3 17 Shows an example of main menu navigation F650 3 40 4 10 Actual Values Front Panel GENERAL ELECTRIC Snapshot event Status F650MZDF2G1HIR Fault report ee Metering 19200N81 MODBUS 254 View Settings Inputs Outputs Change Settings Date amp Time Commands Passwords Select Main Screen Select Language Return Product Setup gt System Setup gt Protection Element gt Control Elements gt Logotype Metering All lt Return Figure 3 17 NAVIGATION IN MAIN TEXT MENU 3 34 F650 Di
235. nological order from most recent to oldest e Oscillography facility The oscillography waveform traces and digital states are used to provide a visual display of power system and relay operation data captured during specific triggered events 3 1 2 5 FIRMWARE UPGRADES The firmware of a F650 device can be upgraded locally or remotely via the EnerVista 650 Setup software The corresponding instructions are provided by the EnerVista 650 Setup Help file under the topic Upgrading Firmware Modbus addresses assigned to firmware modules features settings and corresponding data items i e default values minimum maximum values data type and item size may change slightly from version to version of firmware The addresses are rearranged when new features are added or existing features are enhanced or modified 3 1 2 6 ONE LINE DIAGRAMS You can configure an one line diagram bay mimic to be used in relays with graphical display 3 2 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE The EnerVista 650 Setup software main window supports the following primary display components Title bar Main menu bar e Main icon bar Working area e Status bar EnerVista 650 Setup File Setpoint Actual Operations Communication Security View S tle 3 6 GE Multilin GEK 113000T 650 5575 Working Area fe p
236. nt block Group 3 LOAD ENCR3 PKP Load Encroachment element pickup Group 3 LOAD ENCR3 OP F650 Digital Bay Controller Load Encroachment element operation Group 3 GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT 32N1 HIGH BLOCK i wattmetric Ground Fault High Logic Operands wattmetric Ground Fault High Power Measurements GEK 113000T 32N1 HIGH PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Global Pickup current voltage and power High Level Group 1 32N1 HIGH OC PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Overcurrent Pickup High Level Group 1 32N1 HIGH OP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Operation High Level Group 1 32N2 HIGH BLOCK wattmetric Ground Fault Element Block High Level Group 2 32N2 HIGH PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Global Pickup current voltage and power High Level Group 2 32N2 HIGH OC PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Overcurrent Pickup High Level Group 2 32N2 HIGH OP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Operation High Level Group 2 32N3 HIGH BLOCK 32N3 HIGH PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Block High Level Group 3 wattmetric Ground Fault Element Global Pickup current voltage and power High Level Group 3 32N3 HIGH OC PKP wattmetric Ground Fault Element Overcurrent Pickup High Level Group 3 32N3 HIGH OP 32N1 HIGH POWER wattmetric Ground Fault Element Operation Hi
237. odes are No Control Type this option selects the serial communication mode for use with serial communication ports front port RS485 or plastic or glass fiber optic e MODBUS TCP this option selects ModBus TCP IP communication mode for communication through the Ethernet port In this case the top right window will show the typical parameters to be programmed IP address port address and unit identifier in the MODBUS TCP SETUP section e MODEM this option displays the parameter to set in case of using a modem for the communication such as Phone number Time out sec init command type of dialing tones or pulses 3 1 4 2 COMMUNICATION CONTROL Located at the bottom of the screen it shows the status of the communication with the relay With relay not communicating a message 650 Setup is not talking to an 650 will be shown and ON button will be enable Pressing this button 650 Setup start communicating with the relay With relay communicating a message 650 Setup is now talking to an 650 will be shown and OFF will be enable Pressing this button communications between relay and PC will be closed 3 1 4 3 COMMUNICATION OPTIMIZATION The parameters shown on the bottom right window Communication optimization can improve communication although it is recommended to leave the default values indicated by the EnerVista 650 Setup These parameters are the maximum time to wait for a response in the relay in ms and the maxim
238. oller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT GROUND IOC1 BLOCK round instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 1 GROUND IOC1 PKP 72 overcurrent element pickup Ground instantaneous overcurrent element operation GROUND IOC1 OP trip Group 1 GROUND IOC2 BLOCK Ground instantaneous overcurrent element block Group Ground IOC GROUND IOC2 PKP overcurrent element pickup Ground instantaneous overcurrent element operation GROUND IOC2 OP trip Group 2 GROUND IOC3 BLOCK Ground instantaneous overcurrent element block Group GROUND IOC3 PKP CH overcurrent element pickup Ground instantaneous overcurrent element operation GROUND IOC3 OP trip Group 3 ensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element SENS GND IOC1 BLK block Group 1 Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element SENS GND IOC1 PKP pickup Group 1 Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element SENS GND IOC1 OP operation trip Group 1 Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element SENS GND IOC2 BLK block Group 2 Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element SENS GND IOC2 PKP pickup Group 2 Sensitive Ground IOC Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element SENS GND IOC2 OP operation trip Group 2 Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element SENS GND IOC3 BLK block Group 3 Sensitive ground instantaneous overcurrent element
239. on is sealed independently of the status of the function that caused the trip 2 4 8 1 REMOTE OUTPUTS IEC61850 GSSE GOOSE Standard output points User output points 2 26 32 32 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LOW RANGE LO Nominal DC Voltage Min Max DC Voltage Note HIGH RANGE HI Nominal DC Voltage Min Max DC Voltage Nominal AC Voltage Min Max AC Voltage ALL RANGES Voltage Loss hold up time Power consumption 24 to 48 V 19 2 57 6 V Low range is DC only 110 to 250 V 88 300 V 120 to 230 V 102 250 V 2 4 9 CONTROL POWER SUPPLY 200 ms typical worst case 100 ms without unit reset Typical 225 VA Maximum 245 VA Display backlight auto power off mode after 15 minutes without touching any key in order to ensure long life and minimum consumption FRONT PORT Front port Type Baud Rate Default Baud Rate Protocols available Typical distance Isolation ASYNCHRONOUS REAR PORTS None or two rear ports depending on model Type depending on model Model F Model A Model X Model P Model Y Model G Model Z Model C Model M Optic Features for ST connectors devices Baud Rate Default Baud Rate GEK 113000T COM2 RS232 2 4 10 COMMUNICATIONS 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 y 115200 bauds 19200 ModBus RTU DNP 3 0 1200 2 kV COM1 COM rear COM2 multiplexed with front port N
240. on phase B Group 2 THERMAL2 C ALRM Thermal image element alarm phase C Group 2 THERMAL2 C OP Thermal image element operation phase C Group 2 THERMAL3 BLOCK Thermal image block Group 3 THERMAL3 A RST Thermal image phase A Group 3 element reset THERMAL3 B RST Thermal image phase B Group 3 element reset THERMAL3 C RST THERMAL3 ALARM Thermal image phase C Group 3 element reset Thermal image element alarm any phase Group 3 THERMAL3 OP Thermal image element operation any phase Group 3 THERMAL3 A Thermal image element alarm phase A Group 3 THERMAL3 A OP Thermal image element operation phase A Group 3 THERMAL3 Thermal image element alarm phase B Group 3 THERMAL3 B OP Thermal image element operation phase B Group 3 THERMAL3 Thermal image element alarm phase C Group 3 THERMAL3 C OP Thermal image element operation phase C Group 3 F650 Digital Bay Controller A 21 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT PHASE DIR1 BLK INP Phase directional block Group 1 PHASE DIR1 BLOCK A Phase directional element block Group 1 Phase A PHASE DIR1 A OP Phase directional element operation Group 1 Phase A PHASE DIR1 BLOCK B Phase directional element block Group 1 Phase B PHASE DIR1 B OP Phase directional element operation Group 1 Phase B PHASE DIR1 BLOCK C Phase directiona
241. one Redundant RS485 Redundant RS485 fiber CAN for inputs outputs module Redundant 1mm plastic F O Redundant 1mm plastic F O fiber CAN for inputs outputs module Redundant multimode glass F O Redundant multimode glass F O fiber CAN for inputs outputs module Cable CAN port for I O module Cable CAN port for I O module cable RS485 ModBus RTU Wave length 1300nm Fiber type multimode 62 5 125 um or 50 125 um 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 y 115200 bauds 19200 F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 27 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Protocols available Typical distance Isolation CAN PORT Rear port Type Fiber Wave length Fiber type Maximum recommended length Isolation ETHERNET PORT Rear port Type depending on model Model B Model C Model D Model E 10 100BaseTX 100BaseFX Wave length Fiber type Protocols available Typical distance Response time to ModBus commands Isolation ModBus RTU DNP 3 0 1200 2kV CAN port in models X Y Z for asynchronous rear ports Multimode glass F O port with ST connectors 1300 nm multimode 62 5 125 or 50 125 um 500m 2 kV COM3 10 100BaseTX self negotiable 10 100BaseTX 100Base FX 10 100BaseTX redundant 100BaseFX Physical media redundancy Redundant 10 100BaseTX self negotiable ports RJ45 connector ST connectors 1300 nm multimode 62 5 125 um or 50 125
242. one dedicated for communications A dedicated serial port is used for communication between the main processor and the human machine interface The serial connection provides great immunity against electromagnetic disturbances thus increasing system safety F650 units incorporate an RS232 serial port on the front of the relay There is also a possibility to incorporate up to two additional communication modules on the rear One of the modules provides asynchronous serial communications using different physical media RS485 plastic or glass fiber optic depending on the selected model The module incorporates two identical ports COM1 and COM2 The COM2 port is multiplexed with the front port Additionally this module may incorporate a port for CAN BUS communications used for the connection to the Remote CAN BUS I O module This feature allows increasing up to 100 the I O capability when the maximum number of I Os available inside the relay is not enough for a specific application Available options are Table 1 1 REAR SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS BOARD 1 BOARD CODE FUNCTIONALITY Without additional communication ports Two RS485 ports Two Plastic F O ports Two Glass F O ports Two RS485 ports and a CAN port for remote CAN Bus Inputs Outputs Two Plastic F O ports and a CAN port for remote CAN Bus Inputs Outputs fiber Two Glass F O ports and a CAN port for remote CAN Bus Inputs Outputs fiber CAN port for remote CAN Bus I O cable
243. ontroller GEK 113000T APPENDIX B 1 FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC GEK 113000T 100 83 IOVERFREQ1 169 IOVERFREQ2 OP 170 IOVERFREQ3 171 OutOR1 84 UNDERFREQ1 36 172 1 OR3 1 081 TU TRIP UNDERFREQ2 178 inOR2 UNDERFREQ3 429 432 EBEQ RATE FREQ RATE2 OP i inOR2 FREQ RATES inOR3 302 BROKEN CONDUCT OP 301 305 303 BROKEN CONDUCT OP BROKEN CONDUCTS rog3 357 FWD PWR1 STG1 OP 358 FWD PWR1 STG2 OP 359 FWD PWR2 STG1 OP 360 FWD PWR2 STG2 361 FWD PWRS STG1 363 DIR PWR1 STG OP 383 381 DIR PWR2 STG DIR PWR3 STG inOR3 471 474 32N1 HIGH OP 470 inOR1 outOR1 go 2 HIGH 3aN3 HIGH inOR3 476 outOR1 F650 Digital Bay Controller B 1 FACTORY DEFAULT LOGIC APPENDIXB outOR1 LOCKED ROTOR OP gids outOR1 LOCKED ROTOR2 OP 40 LOCKED ROTOR3 O ENCR1 LOAD ENCR2 LOAD ENCR3 OP outOR1 inOR3 MORI OR7 OutOR1 B 10 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE LEE Baud rate for COM1 COM Baud Rate 19200 N A 300 115200
244. operation Board X status 0 Inactive There is no communication Board Status BOARD X STATUS with the board 1 Active There is communication with the board Switchgear status 16 elements GEK 113000T SWITCH 1 A INPUT SWITCH 1 B INPUT SWITCH 2 A INPUT SWITCH 2 B INPUT Contact input type B to switchgear Function 2 2 SWITCH 16 A INPUT Contact input type A to switchgear Function 16 SWITCH 16 B INPUT Contact input type A to switchgear Function 1 Contact input type B to switchgear Function 1 Contact input type A to switchgear Function 2 Contact input type B to switchgear Function 16 F650 Digital Bay Controller A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Switchgear outputs 16 elements Switchgear states 16 elements Switchgear Open Close Initializing States Switchgear Fail States A 6 Contact logic output type A from switchgear Function 1 SWITCH 1B STATUS Contact logic output type B from switchgear Function 1 SWITCH 2A STATUS Contact logic output type A from switchgear Function 2 SWITCH2B STATUS Contact logic output type B from switchgear Function 2 SWITCH 16 A STATUS Contact logic output type A from switchgear Function 16 SWITCH 16 B STATUS Contact logic output type B from switchgear Function 16 SWITCH 1 OPEN Switchgear 1 open SWITCH 1 CLOSED Switchgear 1 closed SWITCH 1 00 ERROR Error 00 switchgear 1
245. ory FREEZE ENERGY ONT Energy counter freeze Energy Counters ENERGY Energy counter unfreeze RESET ENERGY CNT Energy counter reset DEMAND TRIGGER INP Demand trigger for Block interval algorithm Demand Inputs DEMAND RESET INP Demand reset GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller A 9 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT GROUP 1 ACT ON Group 1 activation and deactivation of groups 2 amp 3 GROUP 2 ACT ON Group 2 activation and deactivation of groups 1 amp 3 GROUP 3 ACT ON Group 3 activation and deactivation of groups 1 amp 2 Setting Groups SETT GROUPS BLOCK Group change input blocked GROUP 1 BLOCKED Settings Group 1 blocked GROUP 2 BLOCKED Settings Group 2 blocked GROUP 3 BLOCKED Settings Group 3 blocked A 10 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Phase IOC High GEK 113000T PH IOC1 HIGH A BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 1 phase A PH IOC1 HIGH B BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 1 phase B PH IOC1 HIGH C BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 1 phase C PH IOC1 HIGH A PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 1 phase A PH IOC1 HIGH A OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation t
246. otection User Languages About Save Elements Metering NA Troubleshooting Management EnerVista 650 Setup Save As Control Elements Inputs Outputs NA Calibration Upgrade firmware Close Inputs Outputs Records NA version Config File Relay NA Upgrade operating Converter Configuration system Properties Logic NA Upgrade 650 Web Configuration Server Get info from relay Clock NA 2 info files 10 Send info NA Download info files to relay from relay Print Setup NA Print Preview NA 7 Print NA Print to file Exit 3 10 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 1 7 FILE MENU OVERVIEW Table 3 4 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF FILE MENU FILE New Open Save Save As Close Config File 650 Converter Properties Get info from relay Send info to relay Print Setup Print Preview Print Print to file xls Exit Create a new settings and configuration file with the default relay settings and no configuration Open a settings and configuration file for off line working Save 650 settings and configuration file Save as 650 settings and configuration file Close the opened 650 file in EnerVista 650 Setup
247. ouped a single unit provided VT Fuse Failure Fuse Failure VTFF Not grouped a single unit provided Broken or fallen conductor detection function I2 11 Grouped element Ratio between the negative sequence current 12 and the positive Broken Conductor sequence current 11 In normal and balanced load situations this ratio is zero while in severe load fault conditions an unbalance is produced and this ratio is increased Locked Rotor Locked rotor detection function 48 Grouped element Pulse Counters Pulse counters function 8 counters provided Analog Comparators Analog comparator function 20 analog comparators provided Frequency rate of change Frequency rate of change function 81R Grouped element Load Encroachment Load Encroachment function Grouped element 3 1 8 5 INPUT OUTPUTS Section that contains the settings for all input and output boards and the Force Outputs and Virtual inputs activation tools Table 3 12 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF INPUTS OUTPUTS SETTINGS MENU INPUTS OUTPUTS Inputs and outputs settings for all boards in F650 The I O settings Contact I O configuration can only be performed through EnerVista 650 Setup not HMI available This menu allows activating each contact output in the relay to facilitate maintenance testing On line mode only This menu allows operating virtual inputs These variables are used as inputs to logic schemes configured in the
248. plier Time Dial 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Reset type Instantaneous or time delayed according to IEEE Timing accuracy Operate at gt 1 03 times the pickup 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Saturation Level 48 times the pickup level Snapshot Events Selectable by setting GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 7 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 1 4 SENSITIVE GROUND TIME OVERCURRENT 51SG Current Input Rated current Pickup level Dropout level Level Accuracy Curve Shapes Curve Multiplier Time Dial Reset type Timing accuracy Saturation Level Snapshot Events Phasor without harmonics or RMS For connection to 1 or 5 A CTs 0 005 to 16 000 A in steps of 0 001 A 97 to 98 of the pickup level Values at nominal frequency 11 596 of the reading 1 mA from 0 005 to 16 A IEEE extremely very moderately inverse IEC A B C long time inverse short time inverse curve IAC extremely very moderately inverse ANSI extremely very normally moderately inverse 2 Definite time Rectifier curve FlexCurve A B C D user curve 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Instantaneous or time delayed according to IEEE Operate at gt 1 03 times the pickup 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater 48 times the pickup level Selectable by setting 2 4 1 5 PHASE AND GROUND INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT 50PH 50PL 50G Current Input Rated current Pickup leve
249. porary IP address a window will open up for selecting the appropriate file from the Multilin web site or Product CD Buscar ent C BOOT_V410 3 Historial BootProgram v410 bin silios dered Nombre de archivo BootProgram vt O bin Tipo de archivos Binary file bin 7 Cancelar A Figure 5 8 BOOT FILE SELECTION Once the appropriate boot program file has been selected the program will proceed to load the selected file 650 Upgrade BIOS Figure 5 9 LOADING BOOT FILE 5 6 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE 5 2 BOOT CODE UPGRADE Then the program shows a message requiring switch off and on the relay while the progress bar is in course to start the upgrading process 650 Upgrade BIOS 650 SETUP Figure 5 10 SWITCH THE RELAY OFF AND ON TO START THE BOOT PROCEDURE It is important to switch the Relay off and on again during the time shown by the progress bar in case this time expires the program will offer the option to continue with the process or to postpone verify the correct RS232 connections and try again later Notice that the serial port used in the boot upgrade procedure is the selected in the Communication compulter menu EnerYista 650 Setup x A ERROR Settina relay in configuration made Retry Figure 5 11 ERROR MESSAGE FOR COMMUNICATIONS PROBLEMS After switching the relay off and on if the seri
250. port may be connected either to an UR or F650 What happens with fiber optic connectors compatibility because the hub that have has a different connector to the one of the F650 although both are 100 BASE FX Just buy fiber cables with the appropriate male connectors For the UR and F650 side we need the same connectors ST type for the hub side the correspondent ones And in what concerns to the fiber type it is used the same for 10 as for 100 it is the 50 125 or 62 5 125 multimode this last one allows longer distances What is the difference between a hub and a switch In a repeater type hub shared hub one unit talks and the rest listen If all the units are talking at the same time there may be collisions in the messages what may produce certain communication delays The switch switched hub has very powerful processors and a lot of memory and it is much more expensive than the hub It directs messages to the proper destination avoiding collisions and allowing a much more efficient communication Why do we have 10 100 compatibility for cable but not for fiber The cable has some advantages that the fiber does not have and it is that the signal attenuation in short and medium distances is worthless and this is truth for low and high frequency signals By the contrary the light in one fiber optic is highly attenuated being much worse in case of high frequencies than in the low ones The 10 BASE FL fiber transmission is performed
251. protection and control settings available in device Inputs and outputs settings relay configuration and logic configuration are not available in HMI only via EnerVista 650 Setup software Press shuttle key to enter next level Move L R to select submenu Press esc to return to previous level Date amp Time Date and time visualization and modification by user First mode is visualization Press again shuttle key to start modification in date and time Press ESC to return to previous level Commands Password Operations execution in local mode Password menu for settings and commands Move L R to pre select operation Press shuttle key to select and confirm Press ESC to return to previous level Move L R to select submenu Press shuttle key to enter next level Press ESC to return to previous level Select Main Screen Select Language Selection of default main screen in text menu Language selection Between default language see ordering code and English Move L R to select the default main screen type Press shuttle key to confirm Move L R to select the default language Press shuttle key to confirm selection Switch the relay off and on return Return to previous level Press shuttle key to return to previous level GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 35 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 5 3
252. ptions to fully program the unit The enabled menus in the EnerVista 650 Setup program are File Setpoint Actual Communication View and Help The off line mode displays the File Setpoint Actual Communication Security View and Help submenus to program the unit The Actual values submenus are for structure purposes only Values are not refreshed while the relay is not communicating The Save as and Close submenus are used to save the 650 file into the computer and to close the current file To work in off line mode for settings and configuration edition it is not necessary to use the Close option a new 650 can be opened without closing the previous one The Close option is used to clear all data in EnerVista 650 Setup program enabling Language Upgrade firmware version and Upgrade Operating system options 3 12 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 1 7 2 CONFIG FILE 650 CONVERTER Config File 650 Converter X Destination Model Version Part F650 F 2G 1 1 60 15 3 4 0 Convert gt Cancel Figure 3 6 CONFIG FILE 650 CONVERTER MENU This tool provides automatic conversion of configuration files from a firmware version to a previous or later version Open the source 650 file and select the version and model to be converted to It is possible to change the model type F
253. puts to be activated only by unit 50G 6 14 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 12 DIRECTIONAL ELEMENTS 67P 67N 67G 67SG Apply the following tests ELEMENTS PHASE UNDER TEST POLARIZATION PHASE ELEMENT TRIP CHANNEL MAGNITUDE CHANNEL MAGNITUDE MOD ARG MOD ARG 50N 67N IA 2A 0 VI 0 NO 60V 1802 YES IB 0A 0 VII OV 0 IC OA 0 Vill 0v 0 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 15 6 12 DIRECTIONAL ELEMENTS 67P 67N 67G 67SG Activate only protection elements 50G and 67G and set the relay as follows 6 COMMISSIONING 6 12 3 67G ELEMENT 67G SETTINGS 50G SETTINGS Function ENABLED Function ENABLED MTA 45 Deg Input PHASOR DFT Direction FORWARD Pickup Level 0 50 Polarization VO Trip Delay 0 30 Block Logic PERMISSION Reset Delay 0 00 Pol V Threshold 10V Configure one of the outputs to be activated only by unit 50G Apply the following tests ELEMENTS PHASE UNDER TEST POLARIZATION PHASE ELEMENT TRIP CHANNE MAGNITUDE CHANNEL MAGNITUDE L MOD ARG MOD ARG 50G 67G IG 2A 0 VI 60V 0 NO 60V 180 YES VII 0 Vill 0 6 16 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 12 DIRECTIONAL ELEMENTS 67P 67N 67G 67SG 6 12 4 67SG ELEMENT Activate only protection elements 50SG and 67SG and set the relay as follow
254. r operation until the screen is acknowledged In the event of several consecutive faults the HMI will always show the most recent fault and the user will need to acknowledge all of them up to a maximum of ten faults In the second option viewing the fault reports in the menu available in the HMI the Fault Report menu in the main text screen must be accessed by pressing the shuttle key The display will show the information about the last ten faults produced and both the general information and the metering screens can be viewed for each fault Displayed information starts in the most recent fault and the user can switch to another fault by rotating the shuttle key Displayed information is stored in the relay volatile memory so if the relay is turned off this information will be lost as well as if a Clear Fault Report command is executed However fault reports stored in the relay non volatile memory will remain after the Fault reset and they can be obtained from the relay using EnerVista 650 Setup software at the Actual gt Records gt Fault report menu If there is no fault report available through the display the relay will show a Fault report not available message 3 40 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI The format of the displayed screens is as follows Actual Values Snapshot event c Fault report Select the Fault report menu in text m
255. re bootware and to upload and Pg download info files to from relay By default Administrator and Service users are created with password as default password GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 4 1 4 2 CHANGING PASSWORDS 4 SECURITY Users will be prompted to change their password after the first successful log in or through clicking Security from the toolbar and choose Change Password Change Password Enter Dld Password Enter New Password Re enter New Password nter personal question that only you know the wer to This will be used if you ever forget your ent password and would like to know what it is m Corect answer Figure 4 1 CHANGE SECURITY When the operator enters a new password for the first time he she should also enter a personal question that only they could answer There is a limit of 50 characters available to enter the personal question One example as in the above diagram would be What is my mother s maiden name This question will be posed to the user if the user forgets their password and would like to know what their password was 4 2 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 4 SECURITY 4 3 ENABLING SECURITY EnerVista 650 Setup Security Control is disabled by default Users don t have to log in through user name and password after installation and are granted access as Administrator Security Control can be enabled through Security from the tool bar when logged on as
256. re labeled as H y J The required information to completely define a CIO Module is shown on Table 2 2 Table 2 2 ORDERING CODE FOR CIO MODULE CIO H J DESCRIPTION BOARD IN SLOT H 16 Digital inputs 8 outputs 8 Digital Inputs 8 Outputs 2 trip close circuit supervision circuits 32 Digital Inputs 16 Digital Inputs 8 Analog Inputs BOARD IN SLOT J None 16 Digital inputs 8 outputs 32 Digital Inputs See Note 1 16 Digital Inputs 8 Analog Inputs See Note 1 AUXILIARY VOLTAGE LO 24 48 Vdc range 19 2 57 6 HI 110 250 range 88 300 120 230 Vac range 96 250 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION H Harsh Chemical Environment Conformal Coating oj A N A O 1 The digit selected for option J must be equal or higher than the digit selected for option H for models including boards 4 and 5 CIOH1J5 is a valid selection CIOH5J1 is an invalid selection GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 5 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION NOTE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE 2 4 1 PROTECTION ELEMENTS Phase and ground units use as operation magnitude the current value received by the unit in current inputs while the neutral unit uses the calculated current value from the three phase currents The isolated ground unit will be used only for those applications whe
257. re the neutral is completely isolated and it uses the fifth CT of the unit This CT has a sensitivity that is 10 times higher than the universal model connected to 1A or 5A transformers Therefore it does not admit such a high permanent overload 2 4 1 1 PHASE TIME OVERCURRENT 51PH 51PL Current Input Rated current Pickup level Dropout level Level Accuracy Curve Shapes Curve Multiplier Time Dial Reset type Timing accuracy Voltage restraint Saturation Level Snapshot Events Phasor without harmonics or RMS For connection to 1 or 5 A CTs 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A 97 to 9896 of the pickup level Values at nominal frequency 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10 A 11 596 of the reading for higher values IEEE extremely very moderately inverse IEC A B C long time inverse short time inverse curve IAC extremely very moderately inverse ANSI extremely very normally moderately inverse 21 Definite time Rectifier curve FlexCurve A B C D user curve 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Instantaneous or time delayed according to IEEE Operate at gt 1 03 times the pickup 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Selectable by setting 48 times the pickup level Selectable by setting F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 41 2 GROUND TIME OVERCURRENT 51G Current Input Phasor without harmonics or RMS Rated cur
258. rear port COM3 The serial communication parameters will be the ones selected in the Communications Computer menu where the COMX port the port to be used in the upgrade must be selected If the connection is made directly from the PC to the relay it is necessary to use a 10 100 Base T crossover cable During the upgrade the system will show the following message indicating the procedure to be followed LM i x Please connect the Relay to the by BOTH 9 1 A R5232 direct cable from the front R5232 port of the relay to the COMI port of the computer without a null modem If desired the COM port can be changed by clicking on Communication Computer 2 An ethernet cable straight thru if both connected to a switch or hub or crossover if connected back to back without a hub BOTH CONNECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO UPGRADE THE BOOT PROGRAM Do you want to proceed com Figure 5 6 SERIAL AND ETHERNET CONNECTIONS FOR BOOT CODE UPGRADE GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 5 5 5 2 BOOT CODE UPGRADE 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE After accepting to proceed a window will open up for selecting a temporary IP Address It is advisable to set the IP Address that is going to be used lately in the relay for Ethernet connection EnerVista 650 Setup Please enter a temporary IP address for the relay Cancelar Figure 5 7 TEMPORARY IP ADDRESS SELECTION FOR BOOT UPGRADE After entering the tem
259. relay Virtual inputs can be operated in a latched mode 32 latched virtual inputs or in Self reset mode 32 self reset virtual inputs This menu allows configuring remote inputs coming from other devices through GSSE messages Available for IEC61850 6 models only Force Outputs Virtual Inputs Remote Comms Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as This section shows the settings related to inputs and outputs for the different boards available in F650 F G H J GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 19 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES Table 3 13 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF INPUTS OUTPUTS CONTACT I O SETTINGS MENU CONTACT Board F Board located in first slot always connected Board G Board located in second slot depends on model definition If model is type GO there is no board in second slot Board H Board located in first slot of CIO Module external inputs outputs module Board J Board located in second slot of CIO Module external inputs outputs module 3 1 8 6 RELAY CONFIGURATION equation on PLC Editor RELAY CONFIG This is the relay configuration section in which the relay can be configured using internal states or already compiled Table 3 14 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF RELAY CONFIGURATION MENU 3 20
260. relay connected to directly communicate with a 650 device 3 1 2 2 USING SETTINGS FILES The EnerVista 650 Setup software interface supports three ways of handling changes to relay settings 1 In off line mode relay disconnected to create or edit relay settings files for later download to communicating relays 2 While connected to a communicating relay to directly modify any relay settings via relay data view windows and then save the settings to the relay 3 You create edit settings files and then write them to the relay while the interface is connected to the relay Settings files are organized on the basis of file names assigned by the user A settings file contains data pertaining to the following types of relay settings Product Setup System Setup Protection Elements Control Elements Inputs Outputs Relay Configuration Logic Configuration 3 1 2 3 VIEWING ACTUAL VALUES You can view real time relay data such as input output status and measured parameters GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 1 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 2 4 VIEWING TRIGGERED EVENTS While the interface is in either on line or off line mode you can view and analyze data generated by triggered specified parameters via one of the following Event Recorder facility The event recorder captures contextual data associated with the last 479 events listed in chro
261. rent For connection to 1 or 5 A CTs Pickup level 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A Dropout level 97 to 98 of the pickup level Level Accuracy Values at nominal frequency 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10A 1 5 of the reading for higher values Curve Shapes IEEE extremely very moderately inverse IEC A B C long time inverse short time inverse curve IAC extremely very moderately inverse ANSI extremely very normally moderately inverse 2 Definite time Rectifier curve FlexCurve A B C D user curve Curve Multiplier Time Dial 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Reset type Instantaneous or time delayed according to IEEE Timing accuracy Operate at gt 1 03 times the pickup 3 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Saturation Level 48 times the pickup level Snapshot Events Selectable by setting 2 4 1 3 NEUTRAL TIME OVERCURRENT 51N Current Input Fundamental Phasor without harmonics Pickup level 0 05 to 160 00 A in steps of 0 01 A Dropout level 97 to 98 of the pickup level Level Accuracy Values at nominal frequency 0 5 of the reading 10 mA from 0 05 to 10A 1 5 of the reading for higher values Curve Shapes IEEE extremely very moderately inverse IEC A B C long time inverse short time inverse curve IAC extremely very moderately inverse ANSI extremely very normally moderately inverse Definite time Rectifier curve FlexCurve A B C D user curve Curve Multi
262. resent version Is it possible to program a default screen for the HMI In graphic display versions the user may program a custom screen with the single line diagram measurements etc In text display models there is a choice of logo measurements or scrolling both screens May I force inputs and outputs to ease commissioning and testing Yes How can disable the rotary knob buzzer Press ESC key more than 3 seconds and then press the knob during a short pulse Why do appear strange texts on the display when switching on the relay You will have pressed any button and the HMI has entered in a test mode The display messages are updated after a few minutes once the relay has completed the starting sequence F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 7 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS 7 4 RELAY CONFIGURATION Q1 Does the Service contact on the Power Supply board cover all possible failures or do have to create an output on the I O board that includes all the internal errors can access in the logic 1 power supply ready contact only monitor hardware failures in the power supply to monitor the internal error of the unit it is necessary to configure a virtual output to and the assign it to the device desired contact output LED etc Q2 I set an output contact as Latched If do not set a reset condition will it reset from the ESC key A2 you have to configure the contact output reset signal in Setpoint g
263. rip high level Group 1 phase A PH IOC1 HIGH B PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 1 phase B PH IOC1 HIGH B OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip high level Group 1 phase B PH IOC1 HIGH C PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 1 phase C PH IOC1 HIGH C OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip high level Group 1 phase C PH IOC1 HIGH PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 1 any phase PH IOC1 HIGH Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip high level Group 1 any phase PH IOC2 HIGH A BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 2 phase A PH IOC2 HIGH B BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 2 phase B PH IOC2 HIGH C BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Group 2 phase C PH IOC2 HIGH A PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 2 phase A PH IOC2 HIGH A OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip high level Group 2 phase A PH IOC2 HIGH B PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 2 phase B PH IOC2 HIGH B OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip high level Group 2 phase B PH IOC2 HIGH C PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup high level Group 2 phase C PH IOC2 HIGH C
264. rocedure to install the EnerVista 650 Setup from the GE EnerVista CD Insert the GE EnerVista CD into your CD ROM drive Click the Install Now button and follow the installation instructions to install the no charge EnerVista software When installation is complete start the EnerVista Launchpad application Ao I Click the IED Setup section of the Launch Pad window LAUNCH Y PAD Version 402 aLe Sot Doctr Soft Suhe ation fh Puvvumeimn UH VVdIt Libr n Figure 1 8 LAUNCHPAD WINDOW GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 11 1 3 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE 1 GETTING STARTED 5 Inthe EnerVista Launch Pad window click the Add Product button and select the F650 Bay Controller relay from the Install Software window as shown below Select the Web option to ensure the most recent software release or select CD if you do not have a web connection then click the Add Now button to list software items for the F650 LAUNCH FILTRE x From C CD Web Select Product to Add DDS Digital Distribution System DFF Digital Frequency Relay DFP200 Digital Feeder Protection Discontinued DGP Digital Generator Protection DMS Digital Multifunction System DRS Numerical Single Phase and Three Phase DTP B Digital Transformer Protection DTR Transformer Tap Changer Controller EneiVista Viewpoint Engineer EneiVista Viewpoint Monitoring EPM 3450 E
265. s 67SG SETTINGS 50SG SETTINGS Function ENABLED Function ENABLED MTA 45 Deg Input PHASOR DFT Direction FORWARD Pickup Level 0 50 Polarization vo Trip Delay 0 30 Block Logic PERMISSION Reset Delay 0 00 Pol V Threshold 10V Configure one of the outputs to be activated only by unit 50SG Apply the following tests ELEMENTS UNDER TEST POLARIZATION PHASE ELEMENT TRIP CHANNEL MAGNITUDE CHANNEL MAGNITUDE MOD ARG MOD ARG 5086 6780 50 2A 0 VI 0 NO 60V 11802 YES VII OV VIII OV 0 113000 F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 17 6 13 UNDERVOLTAGE ELEMENTS 27P 27X 6 COMMISSIONING 6 13 1 27P ELEMENT Set the relay to trip for the protection element being tested Configure any of the outputs to be activated only by the protection element being tested Set the relay as follows PHASE UV 27P Function ENABLED Mode PHASE GROUND Pickup Level 50V Curve DEFINITE TIME Delay 2 00 sec Minimum Voltage 30V Logic ANY PHASE Supervised by 52 DISABLED Apply voltage as indicated on the table over the undervoltage setting level and verify that the relay does not trip Decrease voltage level gradually and verify that the relay trips for the set voltage with an admissible error of 5 ELEMENT PHASE CURVE DELAY APPLIED TRIPPING
266. s injection test and metering accuracy verification Calibrated test equipment is required 3 Protection elements setpoints verification analog values injection or visual verification of setting file entries against relay settings schedule 4 Contact inputs and outputs verification This test can be conducted by direct change of state forcing or as part of the system functional testing Visual inspection for any damage corrosion or dust Event recorder file download with further events analysis Unscheduled maintenance such as during a disturbance causing system interruption 1 View the event recorder and oscillography or fault report for correct operation of inputs outputs and elements If it is concluded that the relay or one of its modules is of concern contact GE Multilin or one of its representative for prompt service GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 1 19 1 4 650 HARDWARE 1 GETTING STARTED 1 20 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 1 OVERVIEW 2 1 1 F650 OVERVIEW F650 is a protection control monitoring metering and registering unit suitable for many different applications such as main protection for distribution feeders and transmission lines as well as backup protection for transformers busbars capacitor banks etc Overvoltage and undervoltage protection overfrequency and underfrequency protection breaker failure protection directional current supervision fault diagno
267. s measured from 5 current transformer 50150 Isolated Ground Instantaneous Overcurrent measured from 5 current transformer 51G Ground Time Overcurrent measured from 4 current transformer 51N Neutral Time Overcurrent calculated from the phase currents 51P Phase Time Overcurrent with Voltage Restraint two elements High and Low 51SG Ground Time Overcurrent for sensitive ground systems measured from 5 current transformer 59N Neutra Overvoltage elements HighandLow 59P Phase Overvoltage 59X Auxiliary Overvoltage 67P Phase Directional 67N Neutral directional 67G Ground Directional 67SG Sensitive Ground Directional 79 Autoreclose Four shot recloser 810 Overfrequency 81U Underfrequency 81R Frequency Rate of Change 12 11 Broken Conductor VTFF VT Fuse Failure Load Encroachment 2 2 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 2 SUMMARY 2 2 2 OTHER DEVICE FUNCTIONS INPUTS OUTPUTS METERING COMMUNICATIONS 9 Analog Inputs 5 current inputs 3 for phases 1 for ground 1 for sensitive ground 4 voltage inputs 3 for phases 1 for busbar or auxiliary voltage Metering Current for phases ground and sensitive ground inputs Front RS232 port Two rear RS485 fibre optic ports 10 100 TX and 100 FX Mbps Ethernet port Digital Programmable Contact Inputs up to 64 Voltages phase to phase and phase to ground ModBus Communications RTU and over TCP
268. s permission Unsol Resp Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED an unsolicited negl Resp TimeOut 5 1s 0 60 fep avo confianation ons of an unsol Unsol Resp Max Ret 10 N A 0 255 2 7 Unsol Resp Dest 200 N A 0 65519 Scale for currents Current Scale Factor 1 N A 9 1116 400 1600 Scale for voltages Voltage Scale Factor 1 N A 0 00001 0 0001 0 001 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS DNP Binary Inputs point list SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE SS Scale for power Power Scale Factor 1 N A BOO 1 116 100 1000 Scale for energy Energy Scale Factor 1 N A Other Scale factor Other Scale Factor 1 N A DL 0 1 110 100 1600 Default deadband for Current Analog Input points to trigger unsolicited Current Deadband 30000 N A 0 65535 responses Default deadband for Voltage Analog Input points to trigger unsolicited Voltage Deadband 30000 N A 0 65535 responses Default deadband for Power Analog Input points to trigger unsolicited Power Deadband 30000 N A 0 65535 responses Default deadband for Energy Analog Input points to trigger unsolicited Energy Deadband 30000 N A 0 65535 responses Default deadband for Other Analog Input points to trigger unsolicited Other Deadband 30000 N A 0 65535 responses eu for message Msg Fragment Size 240 1 byte 30 2048 Size customization
269. se Directional gt 3 42 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI MAIN SETTINGS MENU FIRST LEVEL SECOND LEVEL THIRD LEVEL Phase Directional 1 Phase Directional 2 Phase Directional 3 Thermal Model gt Thermal Model 1 Thermal Model 2 Thermal Model 3 Neutral Current gt Neutral TOC gt Neutral TOC 1 Neutral TOC 2 Neutral TOC 3 Neutral gt Neutral IOC 1 Neutral IOC 2 Neutral IOC 3 Neutral Dir gt Neutral Dir 1 Neutral Dir 2 Neutral Dir 3 Ground Current gt Ground TOC gt Ground TOC 1 Ground TOC 2 Ground TOC 3 Ground IOC gt Ground IOC 1 Ground IOC 2 Ground IOC 3 Ground Dir gt Ground Dir 1 Ground Dir 2 Ground Dir 3 Sens Ground Curr gt Sens Ground TOC gt Sens Ground TOC 1 Sens Ground TOC 2 Sens Ground TOC 3 Sens Ground IOC gt Sens Ground IOC 1 Sens Ground IOC 2 Sens Ground IOC 3 Isolated Gnd IOC gt Isolated Gnd IOC 1 Isolated Gnd IOC 2 Isolated Gnd IOC 3 Sens Ground Dir gt Sens Ground Dir 1 Sens Ground Dir 2 Sens Ground Dir 3 Neg Seq Current Neg Seq gt GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 43 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE
270. ses not measured Ground Current All overcurrent grouped functions for ground current Measured from 4th current input Sensitive Ground All overcurrent grouped functions for sensitive ground current Current Measured from 5 current input Negative Sequence Current All Negative sequence overcurrent grouped functions All voltage grouped functions for phases neutral ground and auxiliary voltage Forward power directional power and wattmetric ground fault High and Low grouped protection functions Voltage Elements Power Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 17 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES Table 3 10 PROTECTION ELEMENTS INCLUDED Phase time overcurrent high level 51PH Phase time overcurrent low level 51PL Phase instantaneous overcurrent high level Phase instantaneous overcurrent low level 50PL Phase directional unit 67P Quadrature Voltage for polarization Thermal model or Thermal image unit for phases 49 PHASE CURRENT Phase TOC High Phase TOC Low Phase IOC High Phase Low Phase Directional Thermal Model NEUTRAL CURRENT Neutral TOC Neutral time overcurrent 51N Neutral IOC Neutral Directional Neutral instantaneous
271. stics and programmable logic functions are provided This relay also provides phase neutral ground and sensitive ground instantaneous and time overcurrent protection The time overcurrent function provides multiple curve shapes or FlexCurves for optimum co ordination Automatic reclosing synchrocheck and line fault locator features are also provided Voltage current power and energy metering is built into the relay as a standard feature Current parameters are available as total waveform RMS magnitude or as fundamental frequency only RMS magnitude and angle phasor Diagnostic features include a sequence of records The internal clock used for time tagging can be synchronized with an IRIG B signal or via the SNTP protocol over the Ethernet port This precise time stamping allows the sequence of events to be determined throughout the system Oscillography data capture may be set to record the measured parameters before and after the event for viewing on a personal computer PC These tools significantly reduce troubleshooting time and simplify report generation in the event of a system fault A faceplate RS232 port may be used to connect to a PC for the programming of settings and the monitoring of actual values A variety of communications modules are available Two rear RS485 ports allow independent access by operating and engineering staff All serial ports use the Modbuse RTU protocol Optional communications modules include a 10BaseF
272. t Relay Configuration Outputs The ESC key only reset the LED indicators GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 7 5 7 4 RELAY CONFIGURATION 7 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS 7 6 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 8 FebOTROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 8 1 SYMPTOMS AND RECOMMENDED ACTIONS F650 units have been designed and verified using the most advanced and reliable equipment Mounting and testing automation ensure a high consistency of the final product Before sending a unit back to the factory we strongly recommend you follow the recommendations below Even if it will not always solve the problem at least they will help define it better for a quicker repair If you need to send a unit back to the factory for repair please use the appropriate RETURN MATERIAL AUTHORIZATION process and follow the shipping instructions provided by our Service Department especially in the case of international shipments This will lead to a faster and efficient solution of your problem Wrong versions Fuse failure Loose fuse Incorrect wiring CATEGORY SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE RECOMMENDED ACTION Protection The relay does not trip Function not permitted Set the function permission to ENABLED Function blocked Check Protection units block screen Program the output to the desired Output not assigned function using ENERVISTA 650 Setup logic configuration General When feeding the unit Insufficient power supply Verify the volta
273. t block high level Group 3 NEUTRAL OV3 HIGH PKP Neutral overvoltage element pickup high level Group 3 NEUTRAL OV3 HIGH OP Neutral overvoltage element operation high level Group 3 Neutral overvoltage element block low level Group 1 NEUTRAL OV1 LOW PKP Neutral overvoltage element pickup low level Group 1 NEUTRAL OV1 LOW OP Neutral overvoltage element operation low level Group 1 NEUTRAL OV2 LOW BLK Neutral overvoltage element block low level Group 2 NEUTRAL OV2 LOW PKP Neutral overvoltage element pickup low level Group 2 NEUTRAL OV2 LOW OP Neutral overvoltage element operation low level Group 2 NEUTRAL OV3 LOW BLK Neutral overvoltage element block low level Group 3 NEUTRAL OV3 LOW PKP Neutral overvoltage element pickup low level Group 3 NEUTRAL OV3 LOW OP AUXILIARY UV1 BLOCK Neutral overvoltage element operation low level Group 3 Auxiliary undervoltage element block Group 1 AUXILIARY UV1 PKP Auxiliary undervoltage element pickup Group 1 AUXILIARY UV1 OP Auxiliary undervoltage element operation Group 1 AUXILIARY UV2 BLOCK Auxiliary undervoltage element block Group 2 AUXILIARY UV2 PKP Auxiliary undervoltage element pickup Group 2 AUXILIARY UV2 OP Auxiliary undervoltage element operation Group 2 AUXILIARY UV3 BLOCK Auxiliary undervoltage element block Group 3 AUXILIARY UV3 PKP Auxiliary undervoltage element pick
274. tcode startup program and the operative system and a second one with the application program firmware a high reliability is guaranteed when updating the unit firmware as even if the case of a communication breakdown during the firmware upgrade process we can retry the process for an unlimited number of times Upgrade 650 web server Ethernet connection Go to Communications Upgrade 650 web server The relay web server application can be updated to further versions if available using this menu without modifying the relay operative system Upload info files to relay Ethernet connection Go to Communications gt Upload info files to relay This functionality is used to store setting files 650 inside the relay as well as auxiliary files used by the programmable logic graphical editor pep aut lib e Download info files from relay Ethernet connection Go to Communications gt Download info files from relay This functionality is used for retrieving the files 650 and pep aut lib that have been previously stored in the relay flash memory Important Note 650 files contain protection control settings relay configuration and compiled logic equations This file can be retrieved from the relay using the File gt Get info from relay option in EnerVista 650 Setup through serial or Ethernet communication File gt Send info to relay option stores this 650 file in the relay aut and
275. te Device X N A T E DNA 1 to DNA 32 Bit Pair Selection Bit Pair X None N A UserSt 1 to UserSt 64 Default Value Selection Default Value X OFF N A E ATEST ON ST One Note X is the Remote Device index up to 32 APPENDIX C C 2 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION NOTE SOURCE COLUMN This columns allow selecting the simple or complex OR signal or Virtual output operand that actives the selected elements on relay configuration If more than one operands are selected the relay performs an OR gate with them to activate the selected element SIGNAL LOGIC COLUMN Refers to each individual signal selected on its left NOT legend means that the refered signal is inverted SOURCE LOGIC COLUMN Refers to the whole SOURCE signal selected on its left NOT legend means that SOURCE signal is inverted If more than one operand were selected the OR gate output is inverted SETPOINT RELAY CONFIGURATION OUTPUTS OUTPUT ID OUTPUT NAME SOURCE SIGNAL LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC CONT OP OPER F 01 79 BLOCKED AR BLOCK CONT OP OPER F 02 27 59 PKP VO 046 59P PKP VO 045 27 PKP CONT OP OPER F 03 50 67G PKP VO 048 50G PKP CONT OP OPER F 04 51 67G PKP VO 049 51G PKP CONT OP OPER F 05 50 67P PKP VO 051 50PH PKP VO 050 50PL PKP CONT OP OPER F 06 51 67P PKP VO 053 PKP CONT OP OPER F 07 RECLOSE OPERATION BIT 1 AR CLOSE BREAKER CONT OP OPER F 08 TRIP OPERATION BIT 2 VO 083 GENERAL TRIP CONT OP OPER G 01 CONT OP
276. te list of events in the relay for example 1 479 The rest of information provided by the Details screen corresponds to the relay measures in the moment of the event Metering values provided in the events are secondary and voltage values correspond to phase to ground voltage Ready LED ON Date 07 Nov 2004 St ON Time 16 11 08 035 1 479 Phasor la Primary Phasor Ib Primary Phasor Ic Primary Line Frequency Phasor lg Primary Phasor Isg Primary 10 Primary I1 Primary Intro Meters ESC Prev L R Scroll Figure 3 30 SNAPSHOT EVENTS DETAIL SCREEN To navigate this screen the user must follow the legend at the bottom of the screen Intro Meters ESC Prev L R Scroll Intro Meters To access the metering values in the moment of the event the user must press the shuttle key A new metering screen will be displayed containing the primary metering values in the snapshot event such as Phasor la Primary I2 Primary Phasor Ib Primary Vab Primary Phasor Ic Primary Vbc Primary Line Frequency Primary Vca Primary Phasor lg Primary V1 Primary Phasor Isg Primary V2 Primary 10 Primary VO Primary I1 Primary 3 Phase Power Factor Once inside the Metering screen a new legend will be shown for each event Intro or ESC Prev L R Scroll this legend indicates that by pressing ESC or the shuttle key the system will return to the Event Detail screen and rotating the shuttle key the user
277. ted on the table under the overvoltage setting level and verify that the relay does not trip Verify that the relay trips for the set voltage with an admissible error of 5 ELEMENT PHASE PICKUP LEVEL TRIP DELAY APPLIED TRIPPING TIME S VOLTS SECONDS VOLTAGE V EXPECTED ADMISSIBLE 59P VII 120 2 114 NO TRIP NA 132 2 1 9 2 1 132 2 1 9 2 1 6 14 2 59X ELEMENT Set the relay as follows GENERAL SETTINGS Auxiliary Voltage VX AUXILIARY OV 59P Function ENABLED Pickup Level 120 V Trip Delay 2 00 Reset Delay 0 00 Logic ANY PHASE Apply voltage as indicated on the table under the overvoltage setting level and verify that the relay does not trip Verify that the relay trips for the set voltage with an admissible error of 596 ELEMENT INPUT PICKUP LEVEL TRIP DELAY APPLIED TRIPPING TIME S VOLTS SECONDS VOLTAGE V EXPECTED ADMISSIBLE 59X VX 120 2 114 NO TRIP NA 132 2 1 92 1 132 2 1 9 2 1 113000 F650 Digital Bay Controller 6 19 6 14 OVERVOLTAGE ELEMENTS 59 59X 59NH 59NL 47 Set the relay as follows GENERAL SETTINGS Auxiliary Voltage VN NEUTRAL OV HIGH LOW 59NH 59NL Function ENABLED Pickup Level 120 V Trip Delay 2 00 Reset Delay 0 00 6 COMMISSIONING 6 14 3 59NH AND 59NL ELEMENTS Appl
278. ter Time 10 39 43 Note Relay s clock can only be changed by clicking on one of the buttons below Store Relay Time amp Date Sync to Computer Clock Figure 3 11 CLOCK 3 22 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 1 9 ACTUAL VALUES MENU OVERVIEW The menu bar in the main screen of EnerVista 650 Setup software shows the ACTUAL menu option This option concentrates and displays all the status of protection control elements metering counters information oscillography events fault locator etc This section shows only the structure of menus in EnerVista 650 Setup Table 3 15 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF ACTUAL VALUES MAIN MENU ACTUAL 3 1 9 1 FRONT PANEL Front Panel Status Metering Inputs Outputs Records The relay front LEDs status is shown on this menu Protection and control status signals for all available protection functions in device All metering values available in device Primary and secondary values frequency and phasor diagram provided All input and output status provided For contact inputs and contact outputs as well as virtual input and virtual output signals Only enabled in on line mode retrieval of all the available records in device Snapshot events control events oscillography and fault reports The front panel menu shows only the LEDs submenu where all th
279. the Forgot Password function can be used to retrieve the password Forgot your password x User Tesu ser Enter the correct response to the following question to receive your password 8 other s Maiden Name Answer Andersor Password 17324 DK Cancel Figure 4 4 FORGOT YOUR PASSWORD A question which is pre set by the user will be asked The password will be retrieved for entering the right answer 4 4 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 5 BOOTCODE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADE 5 1 INTRODUCTION This section explains how to upgrade the F650 boot code and firmware WARNING BEFORE PERFORMING THE UPGRADE PROCEDURE CHECK THAT BOOT AND FIRMWARE VERSION MATCH The boot code and firmware versions can be seen in the relay main screen The relay firmware version appears after the text F650 1 20 in the example with the boot program version 2 20 in the example followed by GENERAL ELECTRIC the relay model and the default front RS232 port communication parameters Figure 5 1 MAIN SCREEN BOOT CODE RELEASE NOTES It is mandatory to maintain version compatibility between firmware and boot code in the upgrade procedure otherwise the relay will not start after upgrading FIRMWARE AND BOOT VERSIONS COMPATIBILITY FIRMWARE VERSION BOOT VERSION 3 70 4 00 4 10 3 60 4 00 4 10 3 44 4 00 4 10 3 40 4 00 4 10 3 20 4 00 4 10 3 00 4 00 4
280. the rear terminals must be potential free A grounded antistatic wristband must be used when manipulating the module in order to avoid electrostatic discharges that may cause damage to the electronic components WITHDRAWAL Loosen the small screws that keep the faceplate in place and extract the module INSERTION Insert the module and press it firmly in the case until it is completely fixed After this bolt the faceplate screws and replace the control power Check that the relay is fully operative Figure 1 2 MODULE WITHDRAWAL INSERTION GE Multilin will not be responsible for any damage of the relay connected equipment or personnel whenever these safety rules are not followed 1 2 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 1 GETTING STARTED 1 1 IMPORTANT PROCEDURES 1 1 1 2 MAGNETIC MODULE TERMINALS The transformer module for the VTs and CTs is already connected to a female connector screwed to the case The current inputs incorporate shorting bars so that the module can be extracted without the need to short circuit the currents externally It is very important for safety reasons not to change or switch the terminals for CTs and VTs AC Input Terminals 12 14 15 16 17 18 sse S SIRIRIBININ 815 21661 18 eee els o Figure 1 3 REAR VIEW OF F650 UNIT GE Multilin will not be responsibl
281. threshold Characteristic angle Block Logic Angle accuracy Operate time 2 4 1 12 NEUTRAL DIRECTIONAL 67N Directionality Polarizing Polarizing Voltage Polarizing Current Operating Current Polarizing Voltage threshold Polarizing Current threshold Characteristic angle Block Logic Angle accuracy Operate time GEK 113000T Forward and reverse selectable by setting Quadrature Voltage ABC seq Phase A VBC Phase Phase C VAB ACB seq Phase A VCB Phase VAC Phase VBA 0 to 300 Vac in steps of 1 V 50 mA 90 to 90 in steps of 1 Permission or Block selectable by setting 2 for 1 gt 0 1 A and V gt 5 Vac 30ms typically Forward and reverse selectable by setting Voltage current dual Vy measured or calculated selected by setting Isg measured from 5 current transformer Ig measured from 4 current transformer 0 to 300 Vac in steps of 1 V 0 005 A 90 to 90 in steps of 1 Permission or Block selectable by setting X2 for I gt 0 1 and V gt 5 Vac 30ms typically Forward and reverse selectable by setting Voltage current dual Vy measured or calculated selected by setting Isg measured from 5 current transformer IN 0 to 300 Vac in steps of 1 V 0 005 A 90 to 90 in steps of 1 Permission or Block selectable by setting t2 for 1 gt 0 1 A and V gt 5 Vac 30ms typically F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 11 2 4 TECHNICAL S
282. threshold Pol V Threshold 10 1V 0 300 Snapshot event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE WR Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup level Pickup Level 1 00 0 01A 0 05 160 00 Curve shape Curve IEEE Ext Inv N A See list of curves Time Dial TD Multiplier 1 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Reset type Reset INSTANTANEOUS N A EAR NEOUS g Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 11 C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS APPENDIXC SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE RANGE hme Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Input mode Mode PHASE PHASE N A SE PHASE Pickup Level Pickup Level 10 1V 3 300 Curve shape Curve DEFINITE TIME N A INVERSE TIME TimeDial Delay 1000 001s f0 00 90000 Minimum Voltage Threshold Minimum Voltage 5 1V 0 300 Operation logic Logic ANY PHASE N A HANY PHASE T PHASES Supervision by breaker status Supervised by 52 DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE rs Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLE
283. tion Languages Option to change the EnerVista 650 Setup default language Only available if the relay is not communicating and no file 650 is open Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as 3 1 14 HELP MENU OVERVIEW Complete instructions manual and data about EnerVista 650 Setup release Table 3 27 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF HELP MENU HELP Instructions Manual Instructions manual in the language selected in View gt Languages menu GE Mulitlin on the Web GE Multilin web page link About EnerVista 650 Release version and date of EnerVista 650 Setup program etup 3 30 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 2 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE HMI The HMI interface consists of several functional panels The faceplate can be unscrewed to allow easy access to the removable modules There is also a removable dust cover that fits over the display and other cover that protects the front RS232 Communications port and the commands buttons that can be sealed The following figure shows the HMI in F650 HMI Interface DISPLAY amp LEDS Graphic 16x40 or text 4x20 LCD display Fluorescent backlight to improve visibility Multicolor programmable LEDs with label panel KEYPAD amp SHUTTLE Ergonomic programmable keys Shuttle control for easy navigation ESC key built in ENTER fu
284. tion Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE USER Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Pickup Level Pickup Level 10 1V 8 300 Curve shape Curve DEFINITE TIME N A INVERSE TIME Time Dial Delay 10 00 0 015 0 00 900 00 Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE STEP RANGE GR Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Block from off line BIk Time After Close 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Pickup level for stage 1 Stage 1 Tap 10 00 001 0 00 10000 00 Trip time for stage 1 Stage 1 Time 60 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Pickup level for stage 2 Stage 2 Tap 20 00 0 01MW 0 00 10000 00 Trip time for stage 2 Stage 2 Time 60 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Snapshot Event generation Snapshot Events ENABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller C 13 C 1 FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS APPENDIXC SETTING DESCRIPTION NAME DEFAULT VALUE RANGE hme Function permission Function DISABLED N A DISABLED ENABLED Block from off line BIk Time After Close 0 00 0 01 s 0 00 900 00 Directional Angle for stage 1 Dir Power Angle 1 0 00 0 01 Deg 0 00 359 99 Pickup level for stage 1 Stage 1 Tap 10
285. tional unit This way if the directional element is enabled and detects the fault in the block direction then the overcurrent unit will not operate If the directional element is not enabled or if it is enabled and it detects a fault in a trip direction then the overcurrent unit will operate if the set current level is exceeded Activate only protection elements 50PH and 67P and set the relay as follows 6 12 1 67P ELEMENT 67P SETTINGS 50PH SETTINGS Function ENABLED Function ENABLED MTA 45 Deg Input PHASOR DFT Direction FORWARD Pickup Level 0 50 Block Logic PERMISSION Trip Delay 0 30 Pol V Threshold 30 V Reset Delay 0 00 Configure one of the outputs to be activated only by unit 50PH Apply the following tests ELEMENTS PHASE UNDER TEST POLARIZATION PHASE ELEMENT TRIP CHANNEL MAGNITUDE CHANNEL MAGNITUDE MOD ARG MOD ARG 50PH 67P 1 2 0 VIII 60V 0 NO 60V 180 YES IB 2A 0 VI 60V 0 NO 60V 180 YES IC 2A 0 VII 60V 0 NO 60V 180 YES Activate only protection elements 50 and 67N and set the relay as follows 6 12 2 67N ELEMENT 67N SETTINGS 50N SETTINGS Function ENABLED Function ENABLED MTA 45 Deg Input PHASOR DFT Direction FORWARD Pickup Level 0 50A Polarization VO Trip Delay 0 30 Block Logic PERMISSION Reset Delay 0 00 Pol V Threshold 10 V Configure one of the out
286. tory configuration for F650 The F650 has no default factory configuration but a possible example could be the following n elay confit Outputs Leds Operations Protection elements Oscillography Lonital Events Switchgear Inputs Virtual Inputs aan SCSI Aem QR EG Cancel ec 3 LL Lm ouk pre 1 OP 04 VO D49 516 PKP Sd Print screen OP OPER _ 7 BI ai bi Coe output Operate Wow OP OPER G D VO D82 CALL FREQUENCY HE TEE Board i 8 DIM M coron Contact Output Operate G CNT OP OPER 0 05 B Used Relay Config Contact output Operate Board 92 EN SIG Operae OPER OF AR RCL N PROGRESS PUE aiae DURUM enim Riu EE OP OPER G 08 nn LOCKOUT 21 Contact Output Operate Board N ox A e 5 Meni E Contact Output Operate 03tBoard ST ST pe 1 EEE rc MEL ILLL I CowadOWputOpereWHBordi a _ prtopeaewBosd 7 i 0 v i 2 n lj M Figure 3 9 RELAY CONFIGURATION Relay configuration Cancel ig Store S Print screen OS i d Used Relay Config Swit
287. ts for IEC61850 models Status of remote device and remote inputs for IEC61850 models Measurements coming from analog inputs DCMA F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 25 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as 3 1 9 5 RECORDS The Records menu is only available in on line mode and includes the possibility to retrieve all the records available in the device By serial or Ethernet Table 3 22 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF RECORDS MENU RECORDS Event recorder Retrieval and visualization of snapshot event all and new control events and alarm panel By serial or Ethernet ModBus RTU or TCP IP Waveform capture Retrieval of oscillography files by serial or Ethernet Fault Report Retrieval and visualization of fault report files by serial or Ethernet Data logger Retrieval and visualization of data logger files Only by Ethernet Options enabled only in On line mode are marked as Options enabled only in Off line mode are marked as 3 1 10 OPERATIONS MENU OVERVIEW Option only available in on line mode showing all the operations previously configured in the relay with their corresponding texts Table 3 23 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF OPERATIONS MENU OPERATIONS Operation 1 Entry to first operation with its correspo
288. ts screen inside the Relay Configuration menu of EnerVista 650 Setup 650 Control Events Microsoft Internet Explorer x Archivo Edici n Yer Favoritos Herramientas Ayuda Hat s G 2 G B sqeda Favoritos lt BHistorial Gye Sp Direcci n hitp i 192 168 37 177 Controkeventsihtm Si Gest Er Release 3 22 SP Web 3 22 0 SP Lang 3 22 0 T GE HOME ay d E Intranet local Figure 3 36 CONTROL EVENTS SCREEN Unlike the case of Snapshot events in this screen the highest index corresponds to the most recent event The information provided is the control event index the text that has been associated to such event when configured its status active ON or inactive OFF and its date and time 3 64 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 3 WEB SERVER 3 3 4 ALARMS The alarms screen provides access to alarms configured in the relay As in the case of snapshot events and control events this screen allows only to view the alarms but not to acknowledge them 4650 Alarms Microsoft Internet Explorer Archivo Edici n Yer Favoritos Herramientas Ayuda eats gt A A QuB squeda Favoritos Historia 5 Sp fig Direcci n http 192 168 37 177 Alarms htm eur Osnat 5j Vinculos Release 3 22 SP Web 3 220 SP Lang 3 22 0
289. uct Setup System Setup Protection Elements Control Elements Inputs Outputs Relay Configuration Logic Configuration 61850 Configuration Procome Configuration Clock Communications settings for all protocols and physical mediums ModBus user map definition fault report oscillography data logger and demand settings General Settings Flex Curves Definition Breaker settings and maintenance and switchgear snapshot events management Phase Neutral Ground Sensitive Ground and Negative Sequence Current Settings Voltage Elements settings and Power Settings management Setting groups under and overfrequency settings synchrocheck autoreclose breaker failure VT fuse failure broken conductor and locked rotor settings management Contact I O settings for all boards available in device Remote Comms Configuration of Outputs LEDs Operations Protection Elements Oscillography Control Events Switchgear Inputs Virtual Inputs Operations and HMI Whole relay configuration with internal relay signals or user definable ones as logic virtual outputs Logic configuration graphic editor PLC Editor It is a PLC Project file editor that contains all the internal drawings used to make the logic virtual outputs based on IEC 61131 3 standard Functional block diagram FDB 61850 Configuration tool Only available for IEC61850 models 6 when communicating through Ethernet with
290. ules power supply CPU I O modules communication modules The required information to completely define an F650 model is shown on Table 2 1 Table 2 1 ORDERING CODE F650 F G DESCRIPTION Basic Display See note 2 Graphic Display with Standard Symbols See note 2 Graphic Display with IEC symbols See note 2 REAR SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS BOARD 1 None Redundant RS485 Redundant plastic fiber optic Redundant glass fiber optic Redundant RS485 fiber remote CAN bus I O Redundant plastic fiber optic fiber remote CAN bus I O Redundant glass fiber optic fiber remote CAN bus I O Cable Remote CAN Bus I O RS485 cable Remote CAN Bus I O REAR ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS BOARD 2 10 100 Base TX 10 100 Base TX 100 Base FX 10 100 Base TX Redundant 100 Base FX Redundant 10 100 Base TX BOARD IN SLOT F 16 Digital Inputs 8 Outputs 8 Digital Inputs 8 Outputs 2 trip close circuit supervision circuits 32 Digital Inputs 16 Digital Inputs 8 Analog Inputs BOARD IN SLOT G None 16 Digital Inputs 8 Outputs 32 Digital Inputs see Note 1 16 Digital Inputs 8 Analog Inputs See Note 1 AUXILIARY VOLTAGE LO 24 48 Vdc range 19 2 57 6 HI 110 250 range 88 300 120 230 Vac range 96 250 LOR Redundant LO HIR Redundant HI LANGUAGE English English Chinese English See Note 2 French English Russian English See Note 2 Spanish English COMMUNICATION PROT
291. ult Element Overcurrent Pickup Low Level Group 3 32N3 LOW OP 32N1 LOW POWER wattmetric Ground Fault Element Operation Low Level Group 3 wattmetric Ground Fault Element Low Level Group 1 Power Value watts 32N2 LOW POWER wattmetric Ground Fault Element Low Level Group 2 Power Value watts 32N3 LOW POWER F650 Digital Bay Controller wattmetric Ground Fault Element Low Level Group 3 Power Value watts GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT i Remote Outputs Remote Inputs Remote Devices GOOSE DIG INPUTS GOOSE Analog Inputs FLOAT AND INTEGER GEK 113000T 1 output on Remote Output DNA 2 Operation GSSE GOOSE 1 output on Remote Output DNA 32 Operation GSSE GOOSE 1 output on Remote Output UserSt 1 Operation GSSE GOOSE Remote Output UserSt 2 Operation GSSE 1 output on Remote Output UserSt 64 Operation User St 64 GSSE GOOSE 1 output on Remote Output GOOSE 1 Operation Rem GOOSE Dig Out 1 GOOSE 1 output on Remote Output GOOSE 2 Operation Rem GOOSE Dig Out 2 GOOSE 1 output on Remote Output GOOSE 32 Operation Rem GOOSE Dig Out 32 GOOSE Remote Input 1 Flag is set logic 1 Remote Input 2 Flag is set logic 1 Remote Input 32 Flag is set logic 1 Remote Device 1 Flag is set logic 1 Remote Device 2 Flag is set logic 1
292. um attempts to perform before assuming communications failure GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 3 5 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 5 FILE MANAGEMENT File management with EnerVista 650 Setup software 3 1 5 1 OFF LINE MODE Run EnerVista 650 Setup Open 650 file File gt Open menu Modify protection Settings and relay confiauration YES Is it necessary to program additional logic Launch the Logic Configuration tool in EnerVista 650 Setup Setpoint Loaic Confiquration Create new or modify the existing logic File gt Open Proiect NO NO Compile and save logic file pep and drawing desian aut in Logic Confiquration tool Exit PLC Graphic Editor and save the 650 file from the main application menu Is the relay completely configured Save 650 settings amp configuration file Store in the computer the Logic configuration files pep aut lib as well as the 650 for further logic changes Figure 3 3 OFF LINE MODE FILE MANAGEMENT 3 6 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE Table 3 1 TYPES OF FILES GENERATED BY ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE OPERATION MODE OFF LINE LOGIC CONFIGURATION FILES PEP AUT LIB SETTINGS amp
293. up Group 3 AUXILIARY UV3 OP F650 Digital Bay Controller Auxiliary undervoltage element operation Group 3 GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT AUXILIARY OV1 BLOCK Auxiliary overvoltage element block Group 1 AUXILIARY OV1 PKP Auxiliary Overvoltage element pickup Group 1 AUXILIARY OV1 OP Auxiliary overvoltage element operation Group 1 AUXILIARY OV2 BLOCK Auxiliary overvoltage element block Group 2 Auxiliary OV AUXILIARY OV2 PKP Auxiliary Overvoltage element pickup Group 2 AUXILIARY OV2 OP Auxiliary overvoltage element operation Group 2 AUXILIARY OV3 BLOCK Auxiliary overvoltage element block Group AUXILIARY OV3 PKP Auxiliary Overvoltage element pickup Group 3 AUXILIARY OV3 OP Auxiliary overvoltage element operation Group 3 NEG SEQ OV1 BLOCK Negative sequence overvoltage element block Group 1 NEG SEQ OV1 PKP Negative sequence overvoltage element pickup Group 1 NEG SEQ OV1 OP coat sequence overvoltage element operation NEG SEQ OV2 BLOCK Negative sequence overvoltage element block Group 2 NEG SEQ OV2 PKP Negative sequence overvoltage element pickup Group 2 Negative Sequence OV NEG SEQ OV2 OP cone sequence overvoltage element operation NEG SEQ OV3 BLOCK Negative sequence overvoltage element block Group NEG SEQ OV3 PKP Negative sequence overvoltage element pickup Group 3 NEG SEQ OV3 OP 52 Sequence o
294. uracy 3 5 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Snapshot Events Selectable by setting 2 4 1 18 NEGATIVE SEQUENCE OVERVOLTAGE 47 Voltage Input Fundamental Phasor Pickup level 3 to 300 in steps of 1 V Dropout level 97 to 98 of the pickup level Level accuracy 1 reading 0 1 Full Scale from 10 to 275 V Trip delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Reset delay 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Timing accuracy 3 5 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Snapshot Events Selectable by setting GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 13 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 1 19 AUXILIARY OVERVOLTAGE 59X Voltage Input Pickup level Dropout level Level accuracy Trip delay Reset delay Timing accuracy Snapshot Events 2 4 1 20 AUXILIARY UNDERVOLTAGE 27X Voltage Input Pickup level Dropout level Level accuracy Curve Shapes Reset type Curve Multiplier Time Dial Timing accuracy Snapshot Events 2 41 21 UNDERFREQUENCY 81U Pickup level Dropout level Level accuracy Trip delay Reset delay Minimum voltage threshold Timing accuracy Snapshot Events Fundamental Phasor of the auxiliary voltage 3 to 300 in steps of 1 V 97 to 98 of the pickup level 1 reading 0 1 Full Scale from 10 to 275 V at nominal frequency 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 3 5 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater Se
295. ver voltage Protection status signals pickups and operations for forward directional and wattmetric ground fault high and low power units and power factor status Power values for 32N High and Low functions in watts Table 3 18 DIFFERENT CONTROL ACTUAL VALUES INCLUDED IN THE CONTROL ELEMENTS MENU Status signals pickups and operations for under overfrequency and frequency rate of change units Status signals for synchrocheck function 25 Status signals for autoreclose function 79 Close signal recloser status ready lockout etc block signals after each shot Status signals for breaker failure function 50BF Fuse failure detection signal Status signals pickups and operations for broken conductor 12 11 Status signals activations and blocks for the relay setting group change By default the setting group setting is disabled and all the grouped elements can be enabled at the same time Status signals pickups and operations for locked rotor units Status signals for pulse counters units Status signals for analog comparator units Status signals pickups and operations for load encroachment units GEK 113000T 3 HUMAN INTERFACES SETTINGS amp ACTUAL VALUES 3 1 ENERVISTA 650 SETUP SOFTWARE INTERFACE Table 3 19 ACTUAL VALUES RELATED TO RECORDING FUNCTIONS IN THE RECORDS STATUS MENU RECORD STATUS 3 1 9 3 METERING Fault Reports Control Events Oscillography Data
296. vercurrent element block Group BLOCK 1 SENS GND TOC1 PKP cm ground timed overcurrent element pickup Sensitive ground timed overcurrent element operation SENS GND TOC1 OP trip Group 1 SENS GND TOC2 Sensitive ground timed overcurrent element block Group BLOCK 2 Sensitive Ground TOC SENS GND TOC2 PKP 21 ground timed overcurrent element pickup Sensitive ground timed overcurrent element operation SENS GND TOC2 OP trip Group 2 SENS GND TOC3 Sensitive ground timed overcurrent element block Group BLOCK 3 SENS GND TOC3 PKP ps ground timed overcurrent element pickup Sensitive ground timed overcurrent element operation SENS GND TOC3 OP trip Group 3 NEG SEQ TOC1 BLOCK coer sequence timed overcurrent element block NEG SEQ TOC1 PKP ciel sequence timed overcurrent element pickup NEG SEQ TOC1 OP GET sequence timed overcurrent element operation NEG SEQ TOC2 BLOCK 2 sequence timed overcurrent element block NEG SEQ TOC2 PKP 21 sequence timed overcurrent element pickup NEG SEQ TOC GRE sequence timed overcurrent element operation NEG SEQ TOC3 BLOCK 2 sequence timed overcurrent element block NEG SEQ TOC3 PKP 21 Sequence timed overcurrent element pickup NEG SEQ TOC3 OP 2 sequence timed overcurrent element operation Negative Sequence TOC A 20 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T APPENDIX A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATU
297. vervoltage element operation OVERFREQ1 BLOCK Overfrequency element block Group 1 OVERFREQ1 PKP Overfrequency element pickup Group 1 OVERFREQ1 OP Overfrequency element operation Group 1 OVERFREQ2 BLOCK Overfrequency element block Group 2 Overfrequency OVERFREQ2 PKP Overfrequency element pickup Group 2 OVERFREQ2 OP Overfrequency element operation Group 2 OVERFREQ3 BLOCK Overfrequency element block Group OVERFREQ3 PKP Overfrequency element pickup Group 3 OVERFREQ3 OP Overfrequency element operation Group 3 GEK 113000T F650 Digital Bay Controller A 27 A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT UNDERFREQ BLOCK Underfrequency element block Group 1 UNDERFREQ1 PKP Underfrequency element pickup Group 1 UNDERFREQ1 Underfrequency element operation Group 1 UNDERFREQ 2 BLOCK Underfrequency element block Group 2 Underfrequency UNDERFREQ2 PKP Underfrequency element pickup Group 2 UNDERFREQ2 Underfrequency element operation Group 2 UNDERFREQS BLOCK Underfrequency element block Group UNDERFREQ3 PKP Underfrequency element pickup Group 3 UNDERFREQ3 OP Underfrequency element operation Group 3 FREQ RATE1 BLOCK Frequency rate of change element block Group 1 FREQ RATE1 PKP Frequency rate of change element pickup Group 1 FREQ RATE1 OP Frequency rate of change element operation Group 1 FREQ RATE2 BLOCK Frequency rate of change
298. w level Group 2 phase B PH IOC2 LOW C BLK Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low level Group 2 phase C PH IOC2 LOW A PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low level Group 2 phase A PH IOC2 LOW A OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 2 phase A PH IOC2 LOW B PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low level Group 2 phase B PH IOC2 LOW B OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 2 phase B PH IOC2 LOW C PKP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low level Group 2 phase C PH IOC2 LOW C OP Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 2 phase C PH IOC2 LOW PKP PH IOC2 LOW Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low level Group 2 any phase Phase instantaneous overcurrent element operation trip low level Group 2 any phase PH IOC3 LOW A BLK F650 Digital Bay Controller Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low level Group 3 phase A A 1 LOGIC OPERANDS APPENDIXA OPERANDS F650 MODEL FX GX INTERNAL SYSTEM STATUS CONT Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low PH IOC3 LOW B BLK level Group 3 phase B Phase instantaneous overcurrent element block Low PH IOC3 LOW C BLK level Group 3 phase C Phase instantaneous overcurrent element pickup low PH IOC3 LOW A PKP level Group 3 phase A P
299. wer element operation level 2 Group 1 FWD PWR2 BLOCK Forward power element block Group 2 FWD PWR2 STG1 PKP Forward Power element pickup level 1 Group 2 FWD PWR2 STG1 OP Forward Power element operation level 1 Group 2 FWD PWR2 STG2 PKP Forward Power element pickup level 2 Group 2 FWD PWR2 STG2 OP Forward Power element operation level 2 Group 2 FWD PWR3 BLOCK Forward power element block Group 3 FWD PWR3 STG1 PKP FWD PWRS STG1 OP Forward Power element pickup level 1 Group 3 Forward Power element operation level 1 Group 3 FWD PWR3 STG2 PKP Forward Power element pickup level 2 Group 3 FWD PWR3 STG2 OP Kl2t PHASE A ALARM Forward Power element operation level 2 Group 3 K I t phase A Alarm Kl2t PHASE B ALARM K Pt phase B Alarm Kl2t PHASE C ALARM phase C Alarm BKR OPENINGS ALARM Maximum Breaker openings alarm BKR OPEN 1 HOUR ALRM RESET Kl2t COUNTERS Maximum Breaker openings in one hour alarm 21 Breaker ageing counter reset RESET BKR COUNTERS BREAKER OPEN Breaker openings and closings counters reset Breaker Opened BREAKER CLOSED Breaker closed BREAKER UNDEFINED Breaker undefined 52a and 52b have the same status BKR FAIL INITIATE Breaker failure initiation BKR FAIL NO CURRENT BKR FAIL SUPERVISION Breaker failure without current Breaker failure 1st level supervision retrip BKR FAIL HI
300. wnload are used for project or PLC files group storage These files are the setting configuration file source To operate the F650 does not need the source files the Upload Download tool is destined to serve as historic file Could I program interlocks Yes via ENERVISTA 650 Setup interlocks may be programmed from very simple to advanced schemes Can we rotate the display 90 degrees to show feeders vertically No The product has been designed to view it in horizontal mode landscape due to the following reasons It is easier to read the LCD display because it has been designed for horizontal positions Compatibility between text display 4x20 characters and LCD display 16x40 characters or 128x240 pixels Refresh speed is better in horizontal than vertical format Do I need a laptop or handheld to program the unit No all main operations can easily be performed with just the incorporated HMI Handheld or laptops may be required to download large quantities of information such as oscillograms etc but they are not mandatory for a conventional user that just needs to change settings view measurements states etc Is there password security for protection and control Yes there are two passwords An independent password for protection changes and control operations is available since version 1 44 Is it possible to have a remote HMI installed in the front of the panel with the rest of the relay in the rear side Not in the p
301. y thus it is advisable to save all the data oscillography events settings and configuration files previously 5 4 1 BOOT CODE UPGRADE 1 INSTALL THE PROPER VERSION OF THE ENERVISTA 650 SETUP PROGRAM 2 CONNECT ONE RS 232CABLE IN THE FRONT PORT OF THE RELAY AND ONE ETHERNET CABLE AT THE REAR ETHERNET PORT CROSSOVER CABLE FOR BACK TO BACK CONNECTION AND STRAIGHT THROUGH ETHERNET CABLE FOR HUB OR SWITCH GET CALIBRATION SETTINGS AND SAVE IT TO A FILE SAVE ALL THE DATA FROM THE RELAY SETTINGS OSCILLOGRAPHY EVENTS FROM THE ENERVISTA 650 SETUP PROGRAM SELECT Communication Upgrade Boot Code FOLLOW THE INDICATIONS OF THE PROGRAM AND SELECT THE BOOT PROGRAM BIN FILE WHEN REQUIRED BY THE PROGRAM SWITCH OFF AND BACK ON THE RELAY CONTINUE WITH THE PROCESS AND SET THE IP ADDRESS AND GATEWAY WHEN REQUIRED 5 4 2 FIRMWARE UPGRADE 1 INSTALL THE PROPER VERSION OF THE ENERVISTA 650 SETUP PROGRAM CONNECT ONE ETHERNET CABLE AT THE REAR ETHERNET PORT CROSSOVER CABLE FOR BACK TO BACK CONNECTION AND STRAIGHT THROUGH ETHERNET CABLE FOR HUB OR SWITCH SET THE APPROPRIATE IP ADDRESS IN THE RELAY SET THE APPROPRIATE IP ADDRESS IN THE PC FROM THE ENERVISTA 650 SETUP PROGRAM SELECT Communications gt Upgrade Firmware Version ENTER THE IP ADDRESS SERIAL NUMBER AND ORDERING CODE OF THE RELAY TO UPGRADE WHEN REQUIRED BY THE PROGRAM SWITCH OFF AND BACK ON THE RELAY LOCATE THE UPGRADE TXT FIL
302. y must trip by instantaneous in a time frame of 10 to 55 ms All the relay trip contacts must operate as well as the contact set as 50 Remove current and apply it again suddenly to a value of 4 times the pickup current The relay should trip instantaneously in a time frame of 10 to 45 ms Test one point for each phase and group of the protection element 50 ELEMENTS TEST PARAMETERS Element Settings BOPH 5OPL 50G y 50SG Setting Value Units Function Enabled Input RMS NA Pickup Level 3 A Delay time 0 Seconds Test Execution Configure one output for 50 Trip Apply times pickup Element Trip Tripping times ms 0 9 x Pickup NO NA 1 1 x Pickup YES 10 55 4 x Pickup YES 10 45 Elements Phase Group 50PH and 50PL 1 0 IB 0 IC 0 50G IG 0 5050 ISG 0 Note Only available for Enhanced models 6 12 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 11 TIME OVERCURRENT 51PH 51PL 51N 51G AND 46 Set the relay to trip for the protection element being tested Configure any of the outputs to be activated only by the protection element being tested Apply 0 9 times the Pickup current and check that the relay does not trip Apply 1 5 times the Pickup current The relay should trip according to the time corresponding to its set curve Apply 5 times the Pickup current The relay should trip according to the time corresponding to its set curve
303. y voltage as indicated on the table under the overvoltage setting level and verify that the relay does not trip Verify that the relay trips for the set voltage with an admissible error of 5 ELEMENTS INPUT PICKUP LEVEL TRIP DELAY APPLIED TRIPPING TIME S VOLTS SECONDS VOLTAGE V EXPECTED CIADMISSIBEE 59NH 59NL 120 2 114 NO TRIP NA 132 2 1 9724 132 2 1 9 2 1 This element also be tested by applying only phase voltages For this purpose it is necessary to set Auxiliary Voltage VX In this condition Vn voltage is calculated as a sum of the phase voltages 6 20 F650 Digital Bay Controller GEK 113000T 6 COMMISSIONING 6 14 OVERVOLTAGE ELEMENTS 59P 59X 59NH 59NL 47 6 14 4 47 ELEMENT NEG SEQ OV Set the relay as follows NEG SEQ OV 47 Function ENABLED Pickup Level 50V Trip Delay 2 00 Reset Delay 0 00 Apply voltage as indicated on the table under the overvoltage setting level and verify that the relay does not trip Verify that the relay trips for the set voltage with an admissible error of 5 CHANNEL APPLIED VOLTAGE V ANGLE TRIPPING TIME S EXPECTED ADMISSIBLE Vi 65 0 NO TRIP NA Vii 65 120 Vili 65 240 VI 55 2 1 9 2 1 Vii 55 240 Vili 55 120 VI 45 NO TRIP NA Vii 45 2402 Vili 45 120 NOTE All angles mentioned on the tables
304. z 0 01 Hz of the reading 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 30 to 300V in steps of 1 V 13 596 of operate time or 100 ms whichever is greater Selectable by setting Fundamental Phasor primary values 2 0 00 10000 00 MW in steps of 0 01 MW 97 to 98 of the pickup level 3 complete range 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 3 5 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Selectable by setting Fundamental Phasor primary values 2 10000 00 to 10000 00 MW primary values in steps of 0 01 MW 0 00 to 359 99 in steps of 0 01 3 complete range 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s 13 596 of operate time or 50 ms whichever is greater 0 00 to 900 00 s in steps of 0 01 s Selectable by setting 45 ms at 50 Hz typically F650 Digital Bay Controller 2 15 2 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 4 1 25 WATTMETRIC ZERO SEQUENCE DIRECTIONAL 32N Measured Power Number of elements Voltage Pickup Level VN Level Accuracy for Voltage Current Selection OC Pickup Level Level Accuracy for current OC Pickup Delay Power Pickup Level Characteristic Angle MTA Power Pickup Delay Level Accuracy for Power Curve Shapes Curve Multiplier Time Dial Tripping time accuracy Snapshot Events Operate time 2 4 2 1 AUTORECLOSE 79 Schemes Number of shots Dead time Reclaim time Condition permission Hol

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Metra 99-5715 mounting kit    Alaris® Gateway Workstation  ZTE Groove User Guide  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file